0% found this document useful (0 votes)

670 views

IGCSE - O-Level Computer Science - Iteach PDF

Uploaded by

Farzana Banu H

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

670 views

IGCSE - O-Level Computer Science - Iteach PDF

Uploaded by

Farzana Banu H

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 695

IGCSE/O-Level

Computer Science
0478/2210

Past Pape rs /Ma rk Sche mes 2009- 2014

For more notes and papers

Iteach.pk

M.Mushtaq LGS,GSIS,Appl es
T el : 0 3 2 1 5 2 7 5 2 8 1
Syllabus content at a glance
1

3. Syllabus content at a glance

All candidates study the following topics.

Sections Topics

Section 1 1.1 Data representation

Theory of Computer Science 1.1.1 Binary systems
1.1.2 Hexadecimal
1.1.3 Data storage
1.2 Communication and Internet technologies
1.2.1 Serial and parallel data transmission
1.2.2 Security aspects
1.2.3 Internet principles of operation
1.3 Hardware and software
1.3.1 Logic gates
1.3.2 Computer architecture and the fetch-
execute cycle
1.3.3 Input devices
1.3.4 Output devices
1.3.5 Memory, storage devices and media
1.3.6 Operating systems
1.3.7 High- and low-level languages and their
translators
1.4 Security
1.5 Ethics

Section 2 2.1 Algorithm design and problem-solving

Practical Problem-solving and 2.1.1 Problem-solving and design
Programming
2.1.2 Pseudocode
2.2 Programming
2.2.1 Programming concepts
2.2.2 Data structures; arrays
2.3 Databases

6 M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for examination in 2015. 03215275281
Assessment at a glance
2

4. Assessment at a glance

For Cambridge O Level Computer Science, candidates take two components: Paper 1 and Paper 2.

Components Weighting

Paper 1: Theory 1 hour 45 minutes 60%

This written paper contains short-answer and structured questions. There is no
choice of questions.
No calculators are permitted in this paper.
75 marks
Externally assessed.

Paper 2: Problem-solving and Programming 1 hour 45 minutes 40%

This written paper contains short-answer and structured questions. There is no
choice of questions. 20 of the marks for this paper are from questions set on the
pre-release material.1
No calculators are permitted in this paper.
50 marks
Externally assessed.

Availability
This syllabus is examined in the June and November examination series.

This syllabus is available to private candidates.

Detailed timetables are available from www.cie.org.uk/examsofficers

Centres in the UK that receive government funding are advised to consult the Cambridge website
www.cie.org.uk for the latest information before beginning to teach this syllabus.

Combining this with other syllabuses

Candidates can combine this syllabus in an examination series with any other Cambridge syllabus, except:
• syllabuses with the same title at the same level
• 0478 Cambridge IGCSE Computer Science

Please note that Cambridge O Level, Cambridge IGCSE and Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2
Certificate syllabuses are at the same level.

1 The pre-release material will be made available to Centres six months before the examination. It will also
be reproduced in the question paper. Candidates are not permitted to bring any prepared material into
the examination.

M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for03215275281
examination in 2015. 7
Syllabus content
3

6. Syllabus content

Section 1 Theory of Computer Science

1.1 Data representation
Candidates should be able to:

1.1.1 Binary systems

• recognise the use of binary numbers in computer systems
• convert denary numbers into binary and binary numbers into denary
• show understanding of the concept of a byte and how the byte is used to measure memory size
• use binary in computer registers for a given application (such as in robotics, digital instruments
and counting systems)

1.1.2 Hexadecimal
• represent integers as hexadecimal numbers
• show understanding of the reasons for choosing hexadecimal to represent numbers
• convert positive hexadecimal integers to and from denary
• convert positive hexadecimal integers to and from binary
• represent numbers stored in registers and main memory as hexadecimal
• identify current uses of hexadecimal numbers in computing, such as defining colours in Hypertext
Markup Language (HTML), Media Access Control (MAC) addresses, assembly languages and
machine code, debugging

1.1.3 Data storage

• show understanding that sound (music), pictures, video, text and numbers are stored in different
formats
• identify and describe methods of error detection and correction, such as parity checks, check
digits, checksums and Automatic Repeat reQuests (ARQ)
• show understanding of the concept of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) files, jpeg files,
MP3 and MP4 files
• show understanding of the principles of data compression (lossless and lossy compression
algorithms) applied to music/video, photos and text files

M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for03215275281
examination in 2015. 9
Syllabus content
4

1.2 Communication and Internet technologies

Candidates should be able to:

1.2.1 Serial and parallel data transmission

• show understanding of what is meant by transmission of data
• distinguish between serial and parallel data transmission
• show understanding of the reasons for choosing serial or parallel data transmission
• show understanding of the need to check for errors
• explain how parity bits are used for error detection
• identify current uses of serial and parallel data transmission, such as Integrated Circuits (IC) and
Universal Serial Bus (USB)

1.2.2 Security aspects

• show understanding of the security aspects of using the Internet and understand what methods
are available to help minimise the risks
• show understanding of the Internet risks associated with malware, including viruses, spyware and
hacking
• explain how anti-virus and other protection software helps to protect the user from security risks
(this also links into section 1.4 of the syllabus)

1.2.3 Internet principles of operation

• show understanding of the role of the browser and Internet server
• show understanding of what is meant by hypertext transfer protocol (http) and HTML
• distinguish between HTML structure and presentation
• show understanding of the concept of MAC address, Internet Protocol (IP) address and cookies

10 M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for examination in 2015. 03215275281
Syllabus content
5

1.3 Hardware and software

Candidates should be able to:

1.3.1 Logic gates

• use logic gates to create electronic circuits
• understand and define the functions of NOT, AND, OR, NAND, NOR and XOR (EOR) gates,
including the binary output produced from all the possible binary inputs (all gates, except the NOT
gate, will have 2 inputs only)
• draw truth tables and recognise a logic gate from its truth table
• recognise and use the following standard symbols used to represent logic gates:

NOT AND OR NAND NOR XOR

• produce truth tables for given logic circuits, for example:
a b c out
0 0 0
0 0 1
0 1 0
0 1 1
1 0 0
1 0 1
1 1 0
1 1 1
• produce a logic circuit to solve a given problem or to implement a given written logic statement,
such as IF (switch A is NOT on) OR (switch B is on AND switch C is NOT on) then alarm, X,
sounds

1.3.2 Computer architecture and the fetch-execute cycle

• show understanding of the basic Von Neumann model for a computer system and the stored
program concept (program instructions and data are stored in main memory and instructions are
fetched and executed one after another)
• describe the stages of the fetch-execute cycle

1.3.3 Input devices

• describe the principles of operation (how each device works) of a range of input devices
including 2D and 3D scanners, barcode readers, digital cameras, keyboards, mice, touch screens,
microphones
• describe how these principles are applied to real-life scenarios, for example: scanning of
passports at airports, barcode readers at supermarket checkouts, and touch screens on mobile
devices
• describe how a range of sensors can be used to input data into a computer system, including
light, temperature, magnetic field, gas, pressure, moisture, humidity, pH/acidity/alkalinity and
motion/infra-red
• describe how these sensors are used in real-life scenarios, for example: street lights, security
devices, pollution control, games, and household and industrial applications

M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for03215275281
examination in 2015. 11
Syllabus content
6

1.3.4 Output devices

• describe the principles of operation of a range of output devices, including: inkjet, laser and 3D
printers; 2D and 3D cutters; speakers and headphones; actuators; flat-panel display screens,
including Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and Light-Emitting Diodes (LED); and LCD projectors and
Digital Light Projectors (DLP)
• describe how these principles are applied to real-life scenarios for example: printing single items
on demand or in large volumes; banks of digital displays; use of small screens on mobile devices;
smart boards

1.3.5 Memory, storage devices and media

• show understanding of the difference between: primary, secondary and off-line storage and
provide examples of each, such as, primary: Read Only Memory (ROM), Random Access Memory
(RAM) and DVD-RAM; secondary: hard disk drive (HDD) and Solid State Drives (SSDs); off-line:
Digital Versatile Disks (DVDs), Compact Disks (CDs), Blu-ray, USB flash memory and removable
disks
• describe the principles of operation of a range of types of storage devices and media including
magnetic, optical and solid state
• describe how these principles are applied to currently available storage solutions, such as SSDs,
hard disk drives, USB flash memory, DVDs, CDs and Blu-ray
• calculate the storage requirement of a file

1.3.6 Operating systems

• describe the purpose of an operating system
• show understanding of the need for interrupts

1.3.7 High- and low-level languages and their translators

• show understanding of the need for both high-level and low-level languages
• show understanding of the need for compilers when translating programs written in a high-level
language
• show understanding of the use of interpreters with high-level language programs
• show understanding of the need for assemblers when translating programs written in assembly
language

12 M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for examination in 2015. 03215275281
Syllabus content
7

1.4 Security
Candidates should be able to:

1.4.1
• show understanding of the need to keep data safe from accidental damage, including corruption
and human errors
• show understanding of the need to keep data safe from malicious actions, including unauthorised
viewing, deleting, copying and corruption

1.4.2
• show understanding of how data are kept safe when stored and transmitted, including:
○ use of passwords, both entered at a keyboard and biometric
○ use of firewalls, both software and hardware, including proxy servers
○ use of Secure Socket Layer (SSL)
○ use of symmetric encryption (plain text, cypher text and use of a key) showing understanding
that increasing the length of a key increases the strength of the encryption

1.4.3
• show understanding of the need to keep online systems safe from attacks including denial of
service attacks, phishing, pharming

1.4.4
• describe how the knowledge from 1.4.1, 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 can be applied to real-life scenarios
including, for example, online banking, shopping

1.5 Ethics
Candidates should be able to:

• show understanding of computer ethics, including copyright issues and plagiarism

• distinguish between free software, freeware and shareware
• show understanding of the ethical issues raised by the spread of electronic communication and
computer systems, including hacking, cracking and production of malware

M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for03215275281
examination in 2015. 13
Syllabus content
8

Section 2 Practical Problem-solving and Programming

2.1 Algorithm design and problem-solving
Candidates should be able to:

2.1.1 Problem-solving and design

• show understanding that every computer system is made up of sub-systems, which in turn are
made up of further sub-systems
• use top-down design, structure diagrams, flowcharts, pseudocode, library routines and sub-
routines
• work out the purpose of a given algorithm
• explain standard methods of solution
• suggest and apply suitable test data
• understand the need for validation and verification checks to be made on input data (validation
could include range checks, length checks, type checks and check digits)
• use trace tables to find the value of variables at each step in an algorithm
• identify errors in given algorithms and suggest ways of removing these errors
• produce an algorithm for a given problem (either in the form of pseudocode or flowchart)
• comment on the effectiveness of a given solution

2.1.2 Pseudocode
• understand and use pseudocode for assignment, using ←
• understand and use pseudocode, using the following conditional statements:
IF … THEN … ELSE … ENDIF
CASE … OF … OTHERWISE … ENDCASE
• understand and use pseudocode, using the following loop structures:
FOR … TO … NEXT
REPEAT … UNTIL
WHILE … DO … ENDWHILE
• understand and use pseudocode, using the following commands and statements:
INPUT and OUTPUT (e.g. READ and PRINT)
totalling (e.g. Sum ← Sum + Number)
counting (e.g. Count ← Count + 1)
(Candidates are advised to try out solutions to a variety of different problems on a computer using a
language of their choice; no particular programming language will be assumed in this syllabus.)

14 M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for examination in 2015. 03215275281
Syllabus content
9

2.2 Programming
Candidates should be able to:

2.2.1 Programming concepts

• declare and use variables and constants
• understand and use basic data types: Integer, Real, Char, String and Boolean
• understand and use the concepts of sequence, selection, repetition, totalling and counting
• use predefined procedures/functions

2.2.2 Data structures; arrays

• declare the size of one-dimensional arrays, for example: A[1:n]
• show understanding of the use of a variable as an index in an array
• read values into an array using a FOR … TO … NEXT loop

2.3 Databases
Candidates should be able to:

• define a single-table database from given data storage requirements

• choose a suitable primary key for a database table
• perform a query-by-example from given search criteria

M.Mushtaq
Cambridge O Level Computer Science 2210. Syllabus for03215275281
examination in 2015. 15
14 Study the flowchart very carefully.
.10
4

For
Examiner's
Use

START

T=1

INPUT N

A X=1

T=T*X

X=X+1

B
Is X =
No N + 1?

Yes

OUTPUT T STOP

(a) Complete the table to show what outputs you would expect for the two inputs.

Input N Output T
5
1
[2]

(b) Write down a possible LOOP construct for the section A to B in the flowchart using
pseudocode.

[2]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
safely.
. 11
5

15 Aeroplanes use on-board computer power to allow them to operate more efficiently and For
Examiner's
Use

(a) How is data during a flight collected and fed back to on-board computers?

[2]

(b) Why are computer systems thought to be safer than human pilots?

[2]

(d) What recent developments have led to more use of computer control in newly designed
aeroplanes?

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
flight.
. 12
6

(e) Describe how the computer would know when to make course corrections during a For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(f) At the airport, baggage check-ins use bar codes which are read by computers.

(i) What information would be stored on the bar code?

[1]

(ii) Why do airports use the bar codes on baggage?

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 13
7

16 The following flowchart shows what happens when a customer uses a credit card to pay for
goods at a supermarket. Ten of the boxes are blank.
Using the items from the list, insert the ten missing statements using the appropriate
For
Examiner's
Use

number only. Each statement may be used once only.

START

Insert credit card

Type in PIN
STOP

Yes

LIST OF STATEMENTS
Yes 1 are PIN details correct?
2 are there sufficient funds?
3 card removed
4 end transaction
No 5 is expiry date exceeded?
6 is card reported stolen?
Yes 7 money transfer takes place
8 print itemised bill
9 read credit card details
10 two computers communicate
No

Yes

STOP

[5]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
17 A car sales company uses a database.

Here are three tables from the database:

. 14
8

For
Examiner's
Use

New Car Sales

Customer
Car Ordered Specification Delivery Date
Reference
151319 Cancelled order None Not applicable
162154 VW Golf 21215168 December 2008
171216 BMW 320i 07981624 February 2009

Customer Details

Customer
Customer Name Customer Address Trade In?
Reference
141516 J Smith 7 Toll Road No
151319 M Kyle 14 Coast Road No
162154 D Khan 19 Main Street Yes
165196 S Gogic 555 Trabant Road No
171216 D Marques 21 Lakki Harbour Yes

Car Manufacturer

Specification Car Description List of Extras Cost Price ($)

07981624 BMW 320i CNORVZ 48 500
21151198 VW Golf ABCETU 16 200
21215168 VW Golf BDEFJL 21 000
31311115 Ford Focus APRSW 17 000

(a) How many records are shown in the Customer Details table?

[1]

(b) (i) Which field connects the New Car Sales table with the Customer Details table?

[1]

(ii) Which field connects the New Car Sales table with the Car Manufacturer table?

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
form.
. 15
9

[2]

(d) A customer goes into the showroom and the salesperson keys in 162154. What fields
and information would be shown on the output screen?

[2]

(e) Give one advantage to the car sales company of holding customer information on a
database.

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
18 A small airport handles 400 flights per day from three airlines:

FASTAIR (code FA)

. 16
0

For
Examiner's
Use
SWIFTJET (code SJ)
KNIGHTAIR (code KA)

Each flight is identified by the airline code and 3 digits. For example FA 156.

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which monitors the 400 flights into and
out of the airport each day. The following inputs, processing and outputs are all part of the
monitoring process:

• input flight identification

• calculate number of flights per day for each of the three airlines
• output the percentage of the total flights per day by each airline
• any validation checks must be included

[5]

Permission to reproduce items where third party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2009 7010/01/M/J/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9

(ii) any one from:

.
17
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O Level – May/June 2009
Syllabus
7010

tracking/uniquely identifies baggage/ensures baggage gets to right place

Paper
01

increased security
links to passenger/ensures luggage cannot travel without passenger [1]

16
START

Insert credit card

Type in PIN STOP

No
1 4 (1 mark)

Yes

(1 mark)

Yes
5/6

No (1 mark)
Yes
6/5

No
No
2
(1 mark)
Yes
7
(1 mark)

3 8 STOP

[5]

17 (a) 5
18
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O Level – May/June 2009
Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

[1]

(b) (i) Customer Reference

(ii) Specification [2]

(c) any two from:

reduces typing errors
uses less memory
faster to type in
quicker to sort
store in one field
easier to validate [2]

(d) Car Description/Car Ordered VW Golf }

Delivery Date Dec 2008 } New Car Sales
Specification 21215168 }

Customer Name D Khan }

Customer Address 19 Main Street } Customer Details
Trade In Yes }

(1 mark 1 field name and contents from New Car Sales table plus 1 field name and
contents from Customer Details table)

List of Extras BDEFJL }

Cost Price ($) 21 000 } Car Manufacturer

(1 mark 1 field name and contents from Car Manufacturer table) [2]

(e) any one advantage from:

later use if customer wants to trade in again in 2 or 3 years’ time
can send out new product information
if safety/recall issues from car manufacturers
service/safety check reminders [1]

18 marking points (1 mark per item up to the maximum of 5):

initialise fa, sj and ka to zero
correct loop
inputs (in correct place)
addition of number of flights per airline
any validation checks carried out
calculate percentages
outputs (in correct place and ONLY if some evidence of any attempt at processing)

sample program/algorithm
19
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O Level – May/June 2009
Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

fa = 0; sj = 0; ka =0; } 1 mark

for x = 1 to 400 } 1 mark

input lettercode }
} 1 mark
input numbercode }

if lettercode = “FA” then fa = fa + 1 }

}
if lettercode = “SJ” then sj = sj + 1 } 1 mark
}
if lettercode = “KA” then ka = ka + 1 }

else print “error” } 1 mark

next x

fapercent = fa/4 }
}
sjpercent = sj/4 } 1 mark
}
kapercent = ka/4 }

print fapercent, sjpercent, kapercent } 1 mark [5]

Sample flowchart:
.
20
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O Level – May/June 2009
Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

START

fa = sj = ka = 0 x = 1

Input lettercode

Input numcode

Yes
Is lettercode = FA fa = fa+1

Yes
Is lettercode = SJ sj = sj+1

Yes
Is lettercode = KA ka = ka+1

Output “error”

Stop
x=x+1

Yes fapercent = fa/4 Ouput fapercent,

No sjpercent = sj/4 sjpercent, kapercent
Is x<=400 kapercent = ka/4

For
Examiner's
Use

START

C=1

INPUT N

N = N/10

Is Yes
OUTPUT C STOP
N < 1?

C=C+1

Complete the table to show what outputs you would expect for the three inputs.

INPUT N OUTPUT C

2100

[3]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 22

10 Houses for sale can be viewed using a Virtual Reality Tour. This takes you round the house
in three dimensions (3D) on a computer screen “as if you were there in person”.
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Give two advantages of Virtual Reality Tours.

[2]

(b) How are the house images created for the Virtual Reality Tour?

[2]

(d) Describe a typical tool on a Virtual Reality Tour web page.

[1]

(e) Give another application of Virtual Reality Tours.

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
through the year the results were:
.
23
0

11 A spreadsheet has been set up to store results of football matches for 12 teams. Halfway For
Examiner's
Use

A B C D E F G H I

1
Team Won Drawn Lost Number Goals Goals Goal Matches
Name (3 points) (1 point) (0 points) of Points For Against Difference Played
2

4 United 7 2 2 23 16 4 12 11

5 City 7 2 2 23 21 10 11 11

6 Town 6 1 4 19 16 10 6 11

7 Academics 4 6 1 18 12 9 3 11

8 Rovers 4 4 3 16 16 14 2 11

9 Runaways 3 5 3 14 10 12 -2 11

10 Yorkers 3 5 3 14 10 14 -4 11

11 Albion 3 3 5 12 14 15 -1 11

12 Knights 4 0 7 12 10 18 -8 11

13 Sporting 2 5 4 11 10 12 -2 11

14 Nohopers 2 3 6 9 8 16 -8 11

15 Jokers 2 2 7 8 6 14 -8 11

(a) What formula is in cell E4 to calculate the Number of Points for United?

[1]

(b) Goal Difference = (Goals For – Goals Against). What formula is in cell H4 to find Goal
Difference for United?

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 24

[2]

(d) Rovers played Yorkers and won 2 – 0. Columns B, D, F, G and I were updated. Which
other cells would be automatically updated?

[2]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Reference
CD title
number of
. 25
4

13 A radio station keeps a database of all its music CDs. Here is part of this database:

special CD length number of

For
Examiner's
Use

Number tracks edition (mins) hit tracks

1111 Afternoon Glory 12 N 55 1
1112 Stone Tulips 10 N 42 3
1113 Aftermath 8 N 33 0
1114 Major Peppers 15 Y 72 5
1115 Seaside 9 N 40 2
1116 Lookout 12 N 62 2
1117 Future Dreams 11 N 60 3
1118 Moonlight 14 Y 70 2

(a) How many records are there in the database section?

[1]

(b) If the following query was input:

(CD length (mins) < 60) AND (number of hit tracks > 1)

using Reference Number only, write down which data items would be output.

[1]

[2]

(d) The database is sorted in descending order on CD length (mins). Using Reference
Number only, write down the order of the records following this sort.

[1]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 26
9

17 (a) A car’s speed is measured between points A and B, which are 200 km apart. For
Examiner's
Use

A B
200 km

The final speed of the car is calculated using the formula:

200
Final Speed = ────────
Time (hours)

What is the final speed of a car if it takes 2 hours to get from A to B?

[1]

Part (b) is on the next page.

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 27
0

(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which inputs the times for 500
cars, calculates the final speed of each car using the formula in part (a), and then
outputs:
For
Examiner's
Use

• the final speed for ALL 500 cars

• the slowest (lowest) final speed
• the fastest (highest) final speed
• the average final speed for all the cars.

[6]

© UCLES 2009 7010/01/O/N/09

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 7 .
28
Mark Scheme: Teach s’ version
GSE O LEVEL – October/November 2009

(e) Any one from: e.g.

Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

inside chemical plants

inside nuclear plants/reactors
hotels
games
training
interactive mapping
museums [1]

11 (a) (E4) (=) B4 * 3 + C4

(B4*3 + C4*1 + D4*0 also correct) [1]

(b) (H4) (=) F4 – G4 [1]

(c) Any two from:

validation checks - no negative numbers

- whole numbers only
- no letters/type check
- range check
check if sum of numbers in column G = sum of numbers in column F
check if the sum of the numbers in column H = 0 [2]

(d) E8, H8, E10, H10

← 1 mark → ← 1 mark →
columns E and H (1 mark only) [2]

12 (a) Any one from:

infra-red sensors (to detect movement)

ADC (in case sensors are analogue) [1]

(b) Any one from:

need analogue signal to operate camera motors to move lens/camera

computer output is digital [1]

(c) Any one from:

movement detected
computer compares new image with last image
images are stored and played back later [1]

(d) Any two from:

29
.
Mark Scheme: Teach s’ version
GSE O LEVEL – October/November 2009
Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

no film processing to be done/doesn’t run out of film/cost of buying film

instantaneous checks
camera won’t need manual emptying [2]

(e) (i) 400/0.4 = 1000 images

alternative answer 400/0.0004 = 1 000 000 images approx
(1 048 576 exactly) [1]

(ii) store images on another hard drive or on DVD/CDs

archive old images [1]

13 (a) 8 [1]

(b) 1112, 1115 [1]

(c) (special edition = “Y“) OR (number of tracks > 10)

< ─ ─ ─1 mark ─ ─ ─> < ─ ─ ─ ─1 mark ─ ─ ─ ─>

(number of tracks > 10) OR (special edition = “Y“)

< ─ ─ ─1 mark ─ ─ ─> < ─ ─ ─ ─1 mark ─ ─ ─ ─> [2]

(d) 1114, 1118, 1116, 1117, 1111, 1112, 1115, 1113 [1]

(e) (i) Any one from:

(auto capture) on the database itself

transaction file
spreadsheet [1]

(ii) link through the reference number/CD title/primary key [1]

14 Any four points from:

get information from experts

input data into knowledge base
create rules base
create inference engine
create human-machine interface/question and answer sessions
firstly test system with “known” problems and solutions
create output system screen/format
create/design validation routines [4]

15 (a) TAB:
30
.
Mark Scheme: Teach s’ version
GSE O LEVEL – October/November 2009

011101
Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

FRET: 0 1 0 0 1 0 [2]

(b) (i)

[1]

(ii) 19 [1]

(c) Any two from:

can store music directly onto digital, optical media/mp3 players

easy to modify music by simply changing binary values
easy to teach somebody how to play an instrument
easy to convert music for other instruments
allows auto play back through interfaces
uses less memory [2]

16 (a) Any two from:

eliminates ticket fraud

can’t get lost (in the post)/sent to wrong address
easier to amend flight details (no tickets to re-print)
reduces booking expenses
faster processing
can check-in from anywhere (therefore saving queuing time at airport) [2]

(b) Any two from:

computer crashes (therefore “disappearing reservation” – in such cases, paper tickets are
better)
e-tickets not “portable” between airlines whereas paper tickets are
human confidence – prefer to have “proof” of booking with paper ticket [2]

(c) Any two from e.g.

Syllabus
7010
Paper
01

destination airport
starting airport
name(s) of passenger(s)
passport number/nationality
special requirements
number of passengers
dates/times of flights
cost of tickets
full flight itinerary
special offers
information about the airlines
information about flight facilities
sort on cheapest/fastest routes/flights
ability to check availability of flights/search for flights
terms and conditions [2]

17 (a) 100 (km/hr) [1]

(b) Marking points

Initialisation (slowest = 1000 or an equivalent high value)

Correct loops structure and control
Input (in correct place)
Calculation of final speed using given formula in part (a) inside the loop
Output the final speed for ALL cars inside the loop
Calculation highest speed input
Calculation slowest speed input
Calculate the average (two parts to this calculation)
Final outputs (correct place + some form of processing done) [6]

Sample program:

total = 0 }
highest = 0 } 1 mark
slowest = 1000 }
for n = 1 to 500 } 1 mark
input time } 1 mark
finalspeed = 200/time } 1 mark
print finalspeed } 1 mark
total = total + finalspeed
if finalspeed > highest }
then highest = finalspeed } 1 mark
if finalspeed < slowest }
then slowest = finalspeed } 1 mark
next n
average = total/500 } 1 mark
print average, highest, slowest } 1 mark

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*8454621681*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 May/June 2010
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 17 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB10 06_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 33

Explain, with examples, the following five computer terms: For

Examiner's
Use

(a) Video conferencing

[2]

(b) Simulation

[2]

(d) Batch processing

[2]

(e) Expert system

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 34

3 You have been asked to produce a presentation on the social impact of computers on shop
workers.

(a) What software features would you use to make your presentation interesting?

[2]

(b) What could you include in your presentation to show how the workers would be
affected?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4

• data corruption
. 35

A company is concerned about three aspects of the security of data stored in computer files: For
Examiner's
Use

• data loss
• illegal access to data

For each of the above, give one reason why it could occur and state one method of
prevention. Your reasons must be different in each case.

Data corruption
Reason:

Data corruption
Prevention:

Data loss
Reason:

Data loss
Prevention:

Illegal access to data

Reason:

Illegal access to data

Prevention:

[6]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
systems.
. 36

(a) Give three different types of device that allow human beings to interface with computer For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) Give three automatic data capture devices and give a suitable application for each
device.

Device 1

Application 1

Device 2

Application 2

Device 3

Application 3

[6]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
control.
. 37

Describe how a supermarket would use computer technology to carry out automatic stock For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

8 (a) Describe the term virtual reality. Include examples of the special hardware needed to
react with virtual reality systems in your answer.

[3]

(b) Give two advantages of using virtual reality systems.

[2]

(c) Give one example of an application that uses virtual reality.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9

(a) What is meant by the term drop-down menu?

.
Many software applications use drop-down menus.
38

For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) A user is filling out an order form on the Internet.

(i) Give one example where a drop-down menu could help the user.

(ii) Give one example where a drop-down menu should not be used to help the user.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
between compilers and interpreters.
. 39

10 (a) Compilers and interpreters translate high-level languages. Give two differences For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) Programs can be written using high-level or low-level languages.

Give one advantage of using each method.

High-level language advantage

Low-level language advantage

[2]

(c) What is meant by top-down design when developing new software?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
A B C D
. 40
0

11 A student set up a spreadsheet to compare share prices in six companies over five years.

E F G H
For
Examiner's
Use

Average Highest
1 Name of Share Share Share Share Share share share
company price price price price price price price
2 Year: 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
3 Global Oil 81 190 305 130 140 169 305
4 GSD 619 722 622 325 324 522 722
5 KLN 60 71 71 63 45 62 71
6 Nesto 316 418 522 600 640 499 640
7 Takkco 149 316 394 202 122 237 394
8 Uniway 122 135 254 365 570 289 570

(a) What formula is in cell G5 to find the average (mean) share price for KLN?

[1]

(b) What formula is in cell H5 to find the highest share price for KLN?

[1]

(d) The student wants to extend the spreadsheet to include share prices for 2010.

Describe how the student would do this.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 41

12 A golf course charges $10 for each game of two people. Each additional person incurs a
further charge of $2 per game. If they book two or more games in advance, they get a 10%
discount on the total charge.
For
Examiner's
Use

The following program has been written in pseudocode to calculate the charges for a game.

1 extracost = 0
2 input numberpeople, numbergames
3 charge = 10 * numbergames
4 extrapeople = numberpeople – 2
5 if numberpeople < 2 then extracost = 2 * extrapeople * numbergames
6 charge = extracost
7 if numbergames > 1 then charge = charge * 0.1
8 print charge

There are three errors in the program. Locate these errors and suggest a correct piece of
coding.

Error 1

Correction 1

Error 2

Correction 2

Error 3

Correction 3

[6]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
13 Networks can have ring, bus or star topology.
42
2

(a) Draw and name a diagram to show two of these networks.

For
Examiner's
Use

Network 1 Network 2

Name: ……………………………. Name: …………………………….

[2]

(b) Give one advantage of each chosen network.

Advantage network 1

Advantage network 2

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
cold water in
. 43
3

14 A shower unit is controlled by sensors and a microprocessor. For

Examiner's
Use

water valve

water heater

sensors

microprocessor

hot water out

(a) Describe how the sensors and microprocessor are used to ensure the correct water
flow and water temperature are maintained.

[4]

(b) Give one safety feature that could be built into the shower unit in case the sensors
and/or microprocessor fail.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
A section of the database is shown below.
. 44
4

15 A database has been set up to bring together information about the world’s tallest buildings. For
Examiner's
Use

Ref No. of Height Height

Building Name City Country Year
No. Floors (m) (ft)
TA1 Taipei 101 Taipei Taiwan 2004 101 508 1667
MA1 Petronas Towers Kuala Lumpur Malaysia 1998 88 452 1483
US1 Sears Tower Chicago USA 1974 110 442 1451
CH1 Jiu Mao Building Shanghai China 1999 88 421 1381
CH2 Finance Centre Hong Kong China 2003 88 415 1362
CH3 CITIC Plaza Guangzhan China 1996 80 391 1283
CH4 Shun Hing Square Shenzhen China 1996 69 384 1260
US2 Empire State Building New York USA 1931 102 381 1250
CH5 Central Plaza Hong Kong China 1992 78 374 1227
CH6 Bank of China Hong Kong China 1989 70 367 1205
DU1 Emirates Tower Dubai Dubai 1999 54 355 1165
TA2 Tuntex Sky Tower Kaohsiung Taiwan 1997 85 348 1140

(a) How many records are in the section of the database shown?

[1]

(b) Using Ref No. only, which records would be output if the following search condition was
entered:

(Year < 1990) AND (Height (m) > 375)?

[1]

(c) Write down a search condition to find out how many buildings are in China or how many
buildings have more than 80 floors.

[2]

(d) For each of the following fields give a different validation check.

Year

Ref No.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
the results of the sort.
. 45
5

(e) The database was sorted in descending order of Year. Using Ref No. only, write down For
Examiner's
Use

[1]

16 A company has set up an Internet website to sell their electrical goods online.

(a) Give two features you would expect to see on the website.

[2]

(b) Payments for goods can be made by credit/debit cards. Data from the cards is
encrypted.

(i) What is encryption?

(ii) Why is data encrypted?

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
Give two advantages of using broadband.
46
6

17 (a) Two methods of connecting to the Internet are dial-up and broadband. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) Computers often use wireless (WiFi) technology to connect to the Internet. Give one
advantage and one disadvantage of using WiFi.

Advantage

Disadvantage

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 47
7

18 A group of students were monitoring the temperature every day over a one-year period.
Readings were taken ten times every day (you may assume a year contains 365 days).
For
Examiner's
Use

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart, which

• inputs all the temperatures (ten per day)

• outputs the highest temperature taken over the year
• outputs the lowest temperature taken over the year
• outputs the average temperature per day
• outputs the average temperature for the whole year

[7]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 48

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 11, maximum raw mark 100

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2010 question papers for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2
49
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010

(a) video conferencing

Any two points from:
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– meeting between 2 or more participants

– using computer networks/Internet
– to transmit audio/video data in real time
– pictures appear in a window on a monitor in real time
– reference to hardware (webcams, speakers, microphones)
– reference to software (communications, compression) [2]

(b) simulation
Any two points from:
– studying the behaviour of a system
– by using a model/mathematical representation
– results can be predicted
– e.g. flight (or other) simulator, modelling hazardous chemical processes
– e.g. 10-pin bowling computer game [2]

(c) interrupt
Any two points from:
– a signal/request generated by a device/program
– which causes a break in the execution of a program/stops the program
– e.g. printer out of paper, <BREAK> key pressed, disk full [2]

(d) batch processing

Any two points from:
– processing doesn’t start until all data is collected
– JCL (any reference to Job Control Language)
– no need for user interaction
– processed all in one go
– done at “quiet” times
– output not time sensitive
– e.g. billing, payroll, cheque processing [2]

(e) expert system

Any two points from:
– computer system that emulates/simulates human knowledge/contains knowledge of
human expert
– uses an inference engine
– contains a knowledge base
– made up of rule base
– reference to expert system shell
– outputs probability of diagnosis given being correct/produces reasoned conclusions
– uses “Yes/No”, multichoice interface
– e.g. medical diagnosis, chess, prospecting, financial modelling, diagnostics [2]

Any two tasks from:

50
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010

– design data collection forms

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– design input forms/user interface

– design systems flowcharts
– design output forms/reports/screens
– design/select validation rules
– design/select verification methods
– design test plan/strategy
– specify/select hardware
– specify/select software
– design algorithms/program flowcharts/pseudocode
– specify data structures
– design files (structures)/tables / layout
– design queries [2]

3 (a) Any two features from:

– sound and/or video clips embedded in the presentation/multimedia
– animation effects
– diagrams/graphs/charts (in colour)/colour/text fonts etc
– hyperlinks [2]

(b) Any two from:

– how it affects tasks such as filing/ordering etc.
– retraining aspects
– deskilling aspects
– unemployment [2]

4 Any three different reasons and associated preventions

(prevention must match reason):
1 mark for reason, 1 mark for prevention
award each point only once

data corruption and data loss

viruses -use anti virus software, firewalls, no Internet access
power loss – back-ups, UPS
malicious damage – back-ups, password protection, controlled access
computer crash – back-ups, parallel computer (systems)
damage to CDs/disks – back-ups
operator error – training / good user interfaces

illegal access

hacking/unauthorised access – passwords, log-in ids, anti-hacking software

(physical) lock room/computer
computer left logged on – log off when not in use, lock computer [6]

1 mark per description, 1 mark per advantage, 1 mark per disadvantage

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

Direct – old system stopped and next day new system started
Advantage:
– benefits are immediate/less time wasted
– reduced costs (only one system so fewer staff)
– less likely to malfunction since fully tested
Disadvantage:
– disastrous if new system fails/no fall back option

Parallel – old system and new system are run together for a time
Advantage:
– if new system goes down, have old system as back up
– can gradually train staff/have time to get used to new system
Disadvantage:
– more expensive/time consuming since 2 systems run together

Pilot – new system introduced into only part of the company

Advantage:
– if new system fails, only that part affected (rest is alright)
– can gradually train staff/have time to get used to new system
Disadvantage:
– time consuming (waiting to see how new system works)

Phased – part of the new system introduced and when it proves to work another part is
introduced, etc./introduced part by part
Advantage:
– only a small part of the operations is affected if new system fails
– no need to pay two sets of wages (so cheaper)
– can ensure system works properly before expanding
Disadvantage:
– time consuming (each part needs to be tested before expanding) [6]

6 (a) Any three from:

– keyboard (type in the responses)

– touch screen (select options from on screen menus)
– mouse/trackerball/touchpad (click on options from a menu)
– microphone (speak options)
– data gloves/goggles
– camera [3]

(b) Any three different devices + associated application areas, e.g.:

7010
Paper
11

– bar code reader – stock control

– library systems
– OMR/mark sensing – multi-choice papers
– questionnaires
– touch screens – information desks/kiosks
– choosing goods on line
– sensors – monitoring chemical plant
– central heating systems
– cameras – traffic control
– security
– MICR – reading bank cheques
– reading travellers cheques
– microphones – telephone systems
– games
– magnetic stripe reader – reading credit cards
– reading security cards
– data loggers – weather monitoring
– collecting experimental data
– OCR – reading in documents
Scanner – scanning in photos etc. [6]

7 Any of the following three stages:

– each time item is bought, bar code scanned (at POS)/use of bar codes
– bar code searched for on database/file
– number in stock reduced by 1
– when stock level < re-order level/minimum level ……
– …… automatic re-ordering carried out
– when new stock arrives, stock levels updated [3]

8 (a) Any three from:

– 3D visual world
– created by a computer
– form of computer simulation
– data gloves used
– data goggles/headsets used
– hardware/motors to provide movement
– special suits fitted with sensors [3]

(b) Any two from:

– safety (e.g. can “view” inside a nuclear reactor)
– feeling of “being there”
– can perform “actual tasks” beforehand (without risk)
– less expensive (IF QUALIFIED!!) [2]

(c) Any one from e.g.:

– (medical) training
– walk throughs (e.g. virtual tours of a house)
– simulators (e.g. flight)
– 3D arcade games
– investigating problems in nuclear/chemical plants [1]

(a) Any two points from:

– e.g. choose
53
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010

by clicking on an arrow
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– limited number of options available

– highlights option chosen
– use of pointing device to select an option [2]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– used where limited number of options exist
– e.g. names of countries, days of month, date of birth

(ii) Any one from:

– cannot be used where “infinite” number of options exist
– e.g. addresses, people’s names [2]

10 (a) Any two differences from:

compiler interpreter

– needs to be re-compiled every – translates instructions one

time a change is made at a time ….
– code can be executed on its own – then executes the
instructions immediately
– translates whole code in one go – only finds errors as each
instruction executed
– translates source code into – easier to edit/debug
object code/machine code
– produces error list at end of compilation [2]

(b) Any one high level advantage and any one low level advantage:

high-level language

– fewer instructions
– no need to understand registers/computer architecture
– instructions nearer to human language/English
– not machine specific/portable
– easier to debug programs
– easier to write programs

low-level language

– gain knowledge of how a computer works

– more control over how registers (etc.) are accessed
– can access registers (etc.) directly [2]

(c) Any one from:

– program/algorithm broken down into simpler modules/smaller tasks
– each module is further sub-divided until basic elements produced
– allows several programmers to work at same time on the software
– can test each module independently [1]

11 (a) = AVERAGE(B5:F5) or
= AVERAGE(B5,C5,D5,E5,F5) or
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

= SUM(B5:F5)/5 or
= (B5+C5+D5+E5+F5)/5 [1]

(b) = MAX(B5:F5)
or
= MAX(B5,C5,D5,E5,F5) [1]

(c) G4, (H4) [1]

(d) – add column between F and G/insert column before G/insert column after F
– change the formula(s) to allow 2010 data to be added [2]

12 1 mark for each error identified + 1 mark for each suggested correction

– error
line 5: numberpeople < 2 is incorrect
correction:
numberpeople > 2

– error
line 6: the formula/charge = extracost is incorrect
correction:
charge = extracost + charge

– error
line 7: discount calculation/charge = charge * 0.1 is incorrect,
correction:
charge = charge * 0.9 [6]

13 (a) Any two from:

55
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

Ring star bus [2]

(b) One mark per advantage given:

Ring

– can create much larger networks

– faster/better operation under heavy workload
– requires less cabling than a STAR network, for example

Star

– easy to install and wire/expand

– no disruptions to network if terminal fails
– easy to detect faults in the system
– central monitoring and network management possible

Bus

– failure of single terminal doesn’t affect entire network

– easy to connect a new terminal to the network
– requires less cabling, therefore less expensive than others [2]

14 (a) Any four points from:

– flow sensor / temperature sensor ….
– …… send information / signal / data to microprocessor
– ADC converts data/signal (for microprocessor to understand/process)
– microprocessor compares flow rate/temperature with pre-set values
– sends signal to valve/heater to control flow rate/temp as required
– use of a DAC interface
– use of actuators
– system loops continuously until switched off [4]

(b) Any one from:

– fail safe/switches off automatically
– temperature automatically sets to cold/switches off the heating
– flow cuts off and temperature sets to cold

(NOT a warning light/buzzer comes on) [1]

(c) Any one from:

– more accurate control
– safer system
– more energy efficient [1]

15 (a) 12
56
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

[1]

(b) US1,US2 [1]

(c) (Country = “China”) OR (No. of Floors > 80)

←------1 mark ----→ ←-------- 1 mark --------→

(No. of Floors > 80) OR (Country = “China”)

←------1 mark ----→ ←-------- 1 mark --------→ [2]

(d) (i) range check, character check, length check

(ii) character check, type check, length check, format check [2]

(e) TA1, CH2, CH1, DU1, MA1, TA2, CH3, CH4, CH5, CH6, US1, US2
{
{

(any order) (any order) [1]

16 (a) Any two from e.g.:

– electronic checkout
– shopping basket
– ability to track status of order on line
– secure buying using credit cards
– “when customer bought X, they also bought Y” facility
– search facilities for items
– recognise customers as soon as they log on
– drop down boxes to choose categories
– sales confirmation by automatic email
– save customer details/customised pages
– online help facility
– hyperlinks to other pages
– ability to bookmark/tag page(s) [2]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– process of changing/scrambling/encoding data into a meaningless form
– use of software/algorithms to turn data into a meaningless form [1]
(ii) Any one from:
– to avoid data being read/understood by hackers/unauthorised people
– to protect sensitive data from unauthorised people [1]

(c) Any one from:

– viruses being downloaded from the site
– bogus/fake sites
– “unwanted sites”/porn sites coming up when searching
– unsolicited mail
– “cookies” (etc.) being stored on hard drive (spying software)
– hacking [1]

17 (a) Any two advantages from:

– always “on”/no need to dial into ISP
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– connection rate much higher (e.g. 11000 kbps cf 60 kbps)

– flat monthly rate (dial up charges based on number of hours used)
– can use phone line at same time/line not tied up
– allows other facilities such as VoIP
– download rate is much faster [2]

(b) Any one advantage and any one disadvantage from:

Advantages
– can use anywhere within range
– no trailing wires

Disadvantages
– range can be limited
– possible interference from electronic devices
– security/tapping into WiFi networks
– (often) slower access speed than wired systems [2]

(c) Any one from:

e.g.

– printers
– keyboard
– mouse
– cameras
– mobile phone
– GPS [1]

18 Marking points (maximum of 7 marks)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– initialising highest and lowest to reasonable values (must not be zero)

– first loop controlling one year (365 days)
– re-setting total for each day
– second loop controlling readings taken per day
– read temperature
– calculate total day temperature
– calculate total year temperature
– identifying highest temperature
– identifying lowest temperature
– finding average temperature for day
– finding average temperature for year
– output average day temperature inside loop
– output highest, lowest, average outside the loop

Sample algorithm in pseudocode

highest = -100: lowest = 100: total year = 0 } 1 mark

for c = 1 to 365 } 1 mark

total day = 0 } 1 mark

for d = 1 to 10 } 1 mark

read temp } 1 mark

total day = total day + temp } mark

total year = total year + temp } 1 mark

if temp > highest then highest = temp } 1 mark

if temp < lowest then lowest = temp } 1 mark

next d

average day = total day/10 } 1 mark

print average day } 1 mark

next c

average year = total year/3650 } 1 mark

print highest, lowest, average year } 1 mark [7]

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*5409191667*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 May/June 2010
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB10 06_7010_12/FP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1

(a) buffer
. 60

Explain, with examples where appropriate, the following five computer terms. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) batch processing

[2]

(d) simulation

[2]

(e) email

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
2
. 61

A company making televisions has introduced robots to replace the human work force.

(a) Describe three effects this would have on the work force.
For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) Give two advantages to the company of introducing robots.

[2]

(c) How could the robots be trained to assemble the televisions?

[1]

(d) A whole batch of televisions was produced with some of the parts missing. How could
this error have been avoided?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 62

4 Give four features of a Data Protection Act.

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5 A bank is worried about computer crime.
. 63

One of their concerns is online access to customer accounts.

For
Examiner's
Use

(a) How can a customer’s access details be discovered by criminals?

[2]

(b) Why would a customer using a credit card for online shopping be more of a security
risk than a customer using the same card in a shop?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
. 64

An expert system is being developed to help engineers diagnose faults in aero engines.

(a) Describe the steps taken to develop this new expert system.
For
Examiner's
Use

[4]

(b) Another method used to identify and rectify faults is to train engineers using
virtual reality systems.

(i) What is virtual reality?

[1]

(ii) What special hardware is used to interface with virtual reality systems?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
. 65

A screen has been developed to allow the input of data into the following fields:
name, sex, address, date of birth and examination results.
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) A first attempt at designing the screen is shown below:

Student Records

Student name: ………………………………….. Sex: ……………………

Student address: ………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………….
Date of birth: ……… / ……… / ………
Exam results: Subjects and Grades

Type in NEXT to go to next student or BACK to go to previous

student: …………………………

This is not a very good input screen. Give four ways in which it could be improved.

[4]

(b) (i) What is verification?

(ii) Which fields should be verified?

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
system.
.
66

A supermarket makes use of barcodes on all its goods as part of its automatic stock control For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe how the price is found for each item sold.

[2]

(b) The following are steps in the automatic stock control system.

Number the steps in the correct order.

if stock level ≤ minimum stock level

report printed out for the manager

stock level reduced by 1

new stock value written back to file

more items are ordered automatically

[4]

9 A factory uses a computer system to store information about customers, spare parts and
general administration.

(a) Spare parts can be identified by selecting from diagrams on a computer screen.

Describe what hardware would be needed to allow the parts to be selected in this way.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 67

(b) The factory needs to buy a new printer. It has decided to buy either a dot matrix printer
or an inkjet printer. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using both types of
printer in this application.
For
Examiner's
Use

Dot matrix printer:

Advantages

Disadvantages

[3]

Inkjet printer:

Advantages

Disadvantages

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
running costs over a five month period:
. 68
0

10 A small company runs six cars in its fleet. They have produced a spreadsheet to compare For
Examiner's
Use

A B C D E
Car Identity Total number Cost per km Total cost Average cost
1 of km ($) ($) per month ($)
2 10001 30 000 1.00 30 000 6 000
3 10002 20 000 4.00 80 000 16 000
4 10003 50 000 1.50 75 000 15 000
5 10004 30 000 2.00 60 000 12 000
6 10005 20 000 2.50 50 000 10 000
7 10006 30 000 1.50 45 000 9 000
8 Averages: 2.08 56 667 11 333

(a) It was decided to print out the spreadsheet formulas from D2 to E8. Using the grid
below, show what formulas would be printed:

D E
Total cost Average cost
1 ($) per month ($)

8
[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(b) A graph of Cost per km ($) was drawn:
. 69

Cost per km ($)

For
Examiner's
Use

4.5
4
3.5
Cost per km ($)

3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
10001 10002 10003 10004 10005 10006

Car identity

(i) Which cells were highlighted to produce this graph?

[2]

(ii) Describe how the average value of 2.08 would be shown on the graph.

[1]

(c) The data in cell C6 was changed to 3.00.

Which cells would be updated automatically?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Car ref
No of
.
Engine
70
2

11 A database has been set up showing information about cars:

CO2 Fuel used No of

For
Examiner's
Use

doors (litres) (g/km) (km/litre) cylinders

A 3 1.4 145 15.3 4
B 4 2.0 193 12.3 4
C 5 2.5 231 10.9 6
D 3 2.0 190 11.2 6
E 4 1.3 120 17.5 4
F 5 1.8 180 14.6 4
G 4 3.0 240 9.5 6
H 4 1.2 115 19.7 3

(a) Using Car ref only, write down which cars would be output if the following search
condition was used:

(No of doors = 4) AND (Fuel used (km/litre) > 15)

[2]

(b) Write down a search condition to find out which cars have engines larger than 1.8 litres
OR have CO2 emissions higher than 150 g/km.

[2]

(c) The database is sorted in ascending order on Fuel used (km/litre). Using Car ref
only, write down the results of the sort.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
part in video conferencing.
. 71
3

12 (a) State two items of hardware needed to enable a standard computer system to take For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) State two additional items of software that would be needed for the video conferencing
to take place.

[2]

(c) Describe two potential problems when using video conferencing.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
13 Study the following flowchart very carefully:
. 72
4

For
Examiner's
Use
START

INPUT X

Yes
Is X = 0? PRINT
“error”

No
STOP
T=X

N=1

T = T/10
N=N+1

No Yes
Is T < 10? PRINT N

STOP

What output would you expect if the following data was input into the flowchart?

X OUTPUT

-150

540

0
[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
road.
A
. 73
5

14 A safety system has been developed to stop vehicles getting too close to each other on the

B
For
Examiner's
Use

sensors

If vehicle A gets too close to vehicle B, the brakes are automatically applied by a computer
system in vehicle A.

(a) What type of sensors could be used on the vehicles?

[1]

(b) Describe what the safety system does to constantly monitor how close the vehicle is to
the vehicles in front and decide when to take action.

[4]

(c) Describe two potential problems with this safety system.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
15 A floor turtle can use the following instructions:
74
6

For
Examiner's
Use
Instruction Meaning

FORWARD d Move d cm forward

BACKWARD d Move d cm backward

LEFT t Turn left t degrees

RIGHT t Turn right t degrees

REPEAT n Repeat the next set of instructions n times

ENDREPEAT End of REPEAT loop

PENUP Raise the pen

PENDOWN Lower the pen

(In the following grid, each square is 10 cm by 10 cm.)

Start End

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
blank lines.
. 75
7

Complete the set of instructions to draw the shape (shown in bold lines) by filling in the For
Examiner's
Use

LEFT 90

PENDOWN

FORWARD 10

RIGHT 90

[5]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
inputs 50 numbers
. 76
8

16 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which: For

Examiner's
Use

outputs how many of the numbers were > 100

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
inputs 100 numbers
. 77
9

(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which: For

Examiner's
Use

finds the average of the input numbers

outputs the average

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/12/M/J/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 78

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 12, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2010 question papers for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

(a) buffer
79
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010

Any two points from:

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– temporary …
– … storage/memory
– compensates for the difference in speed of peripherals and CPU
– e.g. printer (buffer) [2]

(b) batch processing

(c) e–commerce
Any two points from:
– electronic commerce
– buying and selling products/services …..
– ….. using the internet/computer networks
– reference to B2B (business to business)
or B2C (business to consumer/customer)
– e.g. on-line shopping, commodity exchanges, Internet/online banking [2]

(d) simulation
Any two points from:
– studying the behaviour of a system
– by using a model/mathematical representation
– results can be predicted
– e.g. flight (or other) simulator, modelling hazardous chemical processes
– e.g. 10-pin bowling computer game [2]

(e) email
Any two points from:
– electronic mail
– sending messages from one device to another using computer networks/Internet
– world wide form of electronic communication
– can send file attachments
– e.g. sending a letter without use of traditional mail service [2]

(a) Any three points from:

– loss of jobs/unemployment
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– deskilling
– need to re-train
– different jobs available/re-skilling
– no longer need to do hazardous/tedious jobs [3]

(b) Any two points from:

– lower work force costs (no salaries to pay)
– lower environmental costs (less electricity for heating/lighting)
– higher throughput
– more consistent product
– robots don’t need breaks, holidays/work 24/7 etc.
– robots don’t take industrial action [2]

(c) Any one point from:

– tasks repeated by skilled worker and how each task is done is memorised
– tasks programmed directly into the computer/robot memory [1]

(d) Any one point from:

– if parts missing for a sequence, then a warning should be given and the assembly
stopped
– several quality control stages to spot an error early on
– program in checks at each stage of assembly so robots can detect a fault immediately [1]

3 Any four points from:

– understand the current system
– produce data flow diagrams/system flowchart
– identify user/client requirements/objectives
– interpret user/client requirements/objectives
– agree requirements/objectives with the user/client
– collect data from the current system
– fact finding (e.g. questionnaires, interviewing, etc.)
– problem identification [4]

4 Any four features from:

– data must be up to date
– data can only be read/used for the purpose for which it was collected
– data must be adequate, relevant and not excessive
– data must be accurate
– data must be destroyed when no longer needed/don’t keep longer than necessary
– data user must register what data stored
– data must be used/collected fairly and lawfully
– data must be held securely
– data must be protected from accidental damage
– only authorised personnel can have access to the data
– fines are imposed for data mis-use
– data should not be passed on to a third party without permission
– a person can view data and have it changed/removed if incorrect
– safe harbour (countries with DPA at least as good) [4]

(a) 1 mark each for 2 concerns

OR 1 mark for concern + 1 mark for expansion:
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– customer goes online in a public place …..

…… and is overlooked as they enter id/password/PIN
– customer receives emails taking them to a false site …..
….. where they are asked to confirm details by entering them
– customer downloads virus, spyware, …..
….. which logs all key presses including id/password/PIN [2]

(b) Any two points from:

– don’t need card number for online transaction/card number already
– online user is anonymous/not visible
– online the customer does not need the card and signature/PIN [2]

(c) Any two points from:

– secure sites using encryption
– use of passwords/PINs/biometrics/advice to change PIN regularly
– no communications with customer requiring personal details
– use of home card readers that generate codes known only to bank
and customer
– check with customer at each log on when they were last logged on to the
website
– contact customer if unusual transaction/random check
– customer asked to inform bank if intending to use card in
another country
– customer asked to inform bank if card lost/stolen
– ensure firewall is in place [2]

6 (a) Any four points from e.g.:

– gather information from experts/questionnaires
– create the knowledge base
– type/put information into computer
– create rules/rules base
– create/design inference engine
– create/design input–output interface
– fully test the system
– expert system learns [4]

(b) (i) Any one point from:

– 3D visual world
– uses computer simulation
– uses special interface devices (e.g. data gloves and goggles) [1]

(ii) Any one point from:

– data gloves/goggles (if not given credit in part (i))
– hardware/motors to provide movement
– special suits fitted with sensors [1]

(a) Any four improvements from:

– use (text) boxes for
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– names
– addresses
– sex
– date of birth
– subjects
– grades
– separate fields into separate entry items
– name into first name and last name
– address into street, city etc
– drop down list/combo box for
– date of birth
– sex
– subjects
– grades
– calendar object for
– date of birth
– radio buttons for
– sex
– hyperlinks for
– NEXT
– BACK [4]

(b) (i) any one point from:

– check on input for errors by double entry
– on screen checking
– check input is same as source

(ii) – name
– address [3]

8 (a) Any two points from:

– barcode is scanned/keyed in
– barcode is validated (by check digit)
– system looks up barcode in computer files/database
– retrieves (and returns) price [2]

(b)
if stock level < minimum stock level 3
report printed out for manager 5
stock level reduced by 1 1
new stock value written back to file 2
more items are ordered automatically 4

1 mark for each correct answer up to max of 4.

4 marks for all 5 correct
3 marks for any 3 or 4 correct
2 marks for any 2 correct
1 mark for any 1 correct [4]

(a) Any two correct input devices

OR input device + correct type of screen
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– mouse/trackerball + CRT screen/TFT screen

– touch screen + CRT screen/TFT screen
– light pen + CRT screen [2]

(b) Dot matrix printer:

Accept a max of 2 advantages and a max of 2 disadvantages:

Advantages:
– suitable for dirty/dusty/damp atmospheres
– cheap to maintain
– cheap to run
– can operate with continuous/multipart stationery

Disadvantages:
– poor print quality
– very noisy
– very limited colours [3]

Inkjet printer:
Accept a max of 2 advantages and a max of 2 disadvantages:

Advantages:
– inexpensive to purchase
– high quality printouts
– can use colours
– supported by most operating systems
– quiet

Disadvantages:
– run out of printing ink quickly/cartridges run out quickly
– price per page/inks are expensive
– not suitable for dirty/dusty/damp atmospheres [3]

10 (a) Award marks as shown (each block = 1 mark):

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

D E
Total cost Average cost
1
($) per month ($)
2 = B2 * C2 = D2 / 5

3 = B3 * C3 = D3 / 5

4 = B4 * C4 = D4 / 5

5 = B5 * C5 = D5 / 5

6 = B6 * C6 = D6 / 5

7 = B7 * C7 = D7 / 5

8 = AVERAGE (D2 : D7) = AVERAGE (E2 : E7)

Alternative answers: Alternative answers:
= SUM(D2:D7)/6 = SUM(E2:E7)/6
= (D2+D3+D4+D5+D6+D7)/6 = (E2+E3+E4+E5+E6+E7)/6
= D8/5
[4]

(b) (i) (A1 : A7) and (C1 : C7)

(1 mark) (1 mark) [2]

(ii) Any one point from:

– add an extra column and set all values to 2.08
– draw a line at value 2.08 on the graph
– add a trend/average line using spreadsheet software [1]

11 (a) E, H [2]

(b) (Engine (litres) > 1.8) OR (CO2 (g/km) > 150)

← (1 mark) → ← (1 mark) →
Or
(CO2 (g/km) > 150) OR (Engine (litres) > 1.8)
← (1 mark) → ← (1 mark) → [2]

12 (a) Any two items from:

– webcams/digital video camera
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– microphones
– broadband modem
– networking hardware e.g. cabling/router
– loud speakers/headphones [2]

(b) Any two items from:

– communications software
– CODEC/compression software
– Internet access software
– driver software (for the hardware in part (a))
– echo cancellation software [2]

(c) Any two problems from:

– poor reception (poor sound, jerky screen images)/network failure
– if more than 2 conference locations, can be difficult controlling meeting
– time zones
– language difficulties
– power failure [2]

13 Expected output:

1
2
Error [3]

14 (a) Any one from:

– infra-red
– light
– radar
– ultrasonic / proximity [1]

(b) Any four points from:

– signal sent out from vehicle A
– sensors pick up reflected beam
– signal converted to digital by ADC
– computer uses data to calculate how close vehicle B is
– computer uses speed of vehicle A …..
– ….. to determine the safe distance
– if the safe distance > distance between the two vehicles …..
– ….. then the driver is warned
– sends signal to (actuators) apply brakes
– reference to need for DAC
– monitoring continues endlessly unless system deactivated
* no marks for computer applies the brakes
* no marks for computer senses ….
* no marks for sensor taking any actions [4]

(c) Any two points from:

– when roads are busy, constantly braking
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– system may not take road conditions into consideration

– over-reliance on system by the driver
– only works properly if vehicle has an automatic gearbox
– sensors don’t work if obstructed/dirty/malfunction [2]

15 LEFT 90 FORWARD 20 20 RIGHT 90/PENUP

PENDOWN RIGHT 90 FORWARD 10
FORWARD 10 FORWARD 20 PENDOWN
RIGHT 90 RIGHT 90 ––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––– FORWARD 20 FORWARD 10
FORWARD 10 –––––––––––––––––––– RIGHT 90
PENUP LEFT 90 FORWARD
FORWARD 10 FORWARD 20
PENDOWN PENUP / RIGHT 90
–––––––––––––––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––

(NOTE: the second sequence of instructions could be done with a REPEAT loop i.e. REPEAT 2
FORWARD 20
RIGHT 90
ENDREPEAT
FORWARD 20

It is also possible to write:

REPEAT 3
FORWARD 20
RIGHT 90
ENDREPEAT

followed by LEFT 180 or RIGHT 180 instead of LEFT 90) [5]

16 (a) total = 0 (1 mark) initialisation

for x = 1 to 50 (1 mark) correct loop
input number (1 mark) correct input and output
if number > 100 then total = total + 1 (1 mark)
count numbers>100
next x
output total
(1 mark for initialising total)
(1 mark for correct loop – accept repeat loop or a while loop)
(1 mark for correct input (within loop) and output (after the loop))
(1 mark for counting how many input numbers were > 100) [3]

(b) total = 0
for x = 1 to 100
87

(1 mark)
(1 mark)
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2010

initialise total
correct loop
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

input number (1 mark) correct input and output

total = total + number (1 mark) finding sum of numbers
next x
average = total/100 (1 mark) calculate average
output average
(1 mark for initialising total)
(1 mark for correct loop – accept repeat loop or a while loop)
(1 mark for correct input (inside the loop) and output (after the loop))
(1 mark for calculating total)
(1 mark for calculating the average outside the loop) [3]

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*2050555414*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 October/November 2010
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB10 11_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1

(a)
. 89

Explain, using examples where appropriate, the following five computer terms: For
Examiner's
Use

Check digit

[2]

(b)

RAM

[2]

(c)

Macro

[2]

(d)

USB flash memory

[2]

(e)

Printer buffer

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
2

1
. 90

(a) State three reasons why a computer system failure might occur (malfunction). For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) One effect of a computer system failure is the loss or corruption of files. State one way
of recovering a file if it has been lost or corrupted.

[1]

(c) How is it possible to ensure illegally accessed files are unreadable?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
.
(a) Name the following network topologies:
91

For
Examiner's
Use

Name: ………………………… Name: …………………………..

[2]

(b) Give one advantage of having computers connected on a network.

[1]

(c) Give one disadvantage of having computers connected on a network.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
. 92

(a) To log on to a computer, a user needs to type in a user id followed by a password;

these should match up. Only three attempts are allowed.
For
Examiner's
Use

The flowchart below shows the log on procedure. Several boxes have been left blank.

Complete the flowchart using items from the list.

START

List
Enter user 1 Access not allowed
id 2 Allow access
3 Do user id and password match?
4 Enter password
5 Error message
6 Error message
7 Three attempts?

Yes

STOP
[3]

(b) Sometimes it is necessary to key in the password twice.

Name this type of data check.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
. 93

A large cinema uses a computer system to control the air conditioning and also the day to
day running of the business (such as booking seats).
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Using examples from the cinema application, explain the difference between real time
transaction processing and real time process control.

[4]

(b) State two tasks carried out by an operating system.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
information to customers via a website.
. 94

A telephone company produces paper-based directories. It has decided to offer directory For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Give one advantage to the telephone company in doing this.

[1]

(b) What two advantages does this new system offer the customer?

[2]

[1]

(d) Describe one problem with the existing paper-based system that would not be
resolved using the electronic version.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 95

(d) Give two advantages of using a computer system rather than a manual system. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
. 96
0

A company has set up video conferencing facilities connecting Rio de Janeiro, New York
and Hong Kong.
For
Examiner's
Use

New York

Rio de Janeiro Hong Kong

(a) Give one hardware item and one software item needed at each video conferencing
location.

Hardware item

Software item

[2]

(b) Describe two possible problems with this video conferencing set up.

[2]

(c) Apart from travelling and accommodation costs, what two benefits does the company
gain from using video conferencing facilities?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
.
(> 0) and how many numbers were negative (< 0).
97

The following algorithm inputs 20 numbers and outputs how many numbers were positive For
Examiner's
Use

1 negative = 1
2 positive = 1
3 for count = 1 to 20 do
4 input number
5 if number < 0 then negative = negative + 1
6 if number > 0 then positive = positive + 1
7 count = count + 1
8 print negative, positive
9 next count

There are three different errors in this algorithm.

Locate each error and give the reason why you think it is an error.

Error 1

Reason 1

Error 2

Reason 2

Error 3

Reason 3

[6]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Ref Aircraft Name
. 98
2

10 A database has been set up to store information about aircraft. A section is shown below.

Max Weight Length Wing Max Speed

For
Examiner's
Use
No (kg) (m) Span (m) (kph)
1001 An-225 Cossack 600 000 84 88 850
2001 Airbus A380F 591 950 73 80 951
3001 C-5 Galaxy 381 000 76 68 845
3002 Boeing 777-600 351 500 74 65 930
2002 Airbus A340-600 366 000 75 63 877
3003 Boeing 747 397 000 71 64 967
3004 Boeing 777 660 000 74 61 893
2003 Airbus A330-300 234 000 63 60 800
3005 Boeing 767 204 100 61 52 914
3006 B52 Fortress 221 400 49 56 927
3007 Boeing 757 123 400 54 38 914

(a) How many fields are in each record?

[1]

(b) Using Ref No only, what records would be output if the following search condition was
entered:

(Max Weight(kg) > 350 000) AND (Wing Span(m) < 66)?

[2]

(c) Write down the search condition to find out which aircraft have a length greater than
74 metres or have a maximum speed less than 900 kph.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
as part of the control system.
. 99
3

11 A road system is to be operated using computer-controlled traffic lights. Sensors are used For
Examiner's
Use

(a) The movement of traffic throughout the road system was first simulated on a computer.

Describe what data would need to be collected and how it would be used in the
simulation.

[3]

(b) Give two advantages of carrying out a simulation first before introducing a new system.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.100
4

12 A holiday resort is developing a website to inform the general public about their weather.
A spreadsheet was produced to show some of the statistics:
For
Examiner's
Use
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N

1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Averages

Monthly
2 Rainfall 130 210 340 350 220 170 100 30 25 20 10 50 138
(mm)
Hours
3 Sunshine 7 6 6 6 7 8 8 6 9 9 10 8 8
(per day)
Minimum
4 Temperature 29 28 27 25 23 22 20 22 24 26 27 28 25
(C)
Maximum
5 Temperature 36 34 32 30 28 27 25 28 31 33 36 38 32
(C)

6 Sun Index 49 36 28 28 35 40 40 36 63 63 90 80

(a) What formula is in N2 to show the average (mean) rainfall?

[1]

(b) Row 6 shows the Sun Index which is the difference between maximum temperature and
minimum temperature multiplied by hours sunshine. What formula is in L6 to calculate
the sun index for November?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(c) The resort wanted to show Hours Sunshine and Monthly Rainfall on one graph. Graphs
A and B were produced:
. 101
5

For
Examiner's
Use

(i) Which is the best graph for

GRAPH A showing this information? Give a
Sunshine (hours) and Rainfall (mm) reason for your answer.
12 400
10

rainfall (mm)
300
hours sun

8
6 200
4
100
2
0 0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
month
SUN RAIN

(ii) The resort wanted to include

average Hours Sunshine on the
graph. Describe how this could be
GRAPH B done.
Sunshine (hours) and Rainfall (mm)
400 12
10
rainfall (mm)

300
hours sun

8
200 6
4
100
2
0 0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
month
RAIN SUN [2]

(d) Apart from the information shown already, what two features would you expect to see
on the resort’s website?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.102
6

13 Describe how an expert system is developed and made ready for use. For
Examiner's
Use

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(a) It is necessary on occasions to:
.103
7

14 An international bank keeps records of customer account details on a computer. For

Examiner's
Use

• delete records
• amend records
• insert records

Give one example of when each of the above would need to be done.

Delete

Amend

Insert

[3]

(b) A section of one record is shown below:

Frederick Parez Rua Silva Paulet 5151 315 000 34 20 − 15 − 00 Br

name address telephone number age branch country

(i) The branch and country are coded. Give a reason for this.

[1]

(ii) One of the six fields is not appropriate.

Name this field and give a reason for your choice. Suggest an improved field.

Name of field

Reason for choice

Improved field choice

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
Examination Results
104
8

15 A college secretary inputs data into fields on a computer screen as shown below: For
Examiner's
Use

Student Sex: Subject:

Today’s Date: Grade:
Examination Result (%):

(a) Choose a suitable different validation check for each of the following:

(i) Student Sex which can be M or F only

(ii) Today’s Date which must be written as, for example, 15/10/2010

(iii) the Examination Result which can be any number from 0 to 100

[3]

(b) Apart from validation, how would it be possible to ensure only certain data could be
input into each of the fields on the computer screen?

[1]

(c) The secretary takes a ten minute break every hour.

(i) Apart from switching off, how can the secretary make sure the computer system is
secure whilst she takes a ten minute break?

(ii) From a health and safety aspect, why does the secretary need to take regular
breaks?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
16
. 105
9

For
Examiner's
Use

Satellite navigation systems are used to give the vehicle driver directions.

(a) How does the system know the exact position of the vehicle?

[3]

(b) Give two advantages to the driver of using this system.

[2]

(c) Give one problem associated with satellite navigation systems.

[1]

(d) Name one other different form of transport which could use satellite navigation systems.

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1000 students.
.106
0

17 A school is doing a check on the heights and weights of all its students. The school has For
Examiner's
Use

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which

• inputs the height and weight of all 1000 students

• outputs the average (mean) height and weight
• includes any necessary error traps for the input of height and weight

[5]

© UCLES 2010 7010/11/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.107

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2010 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

(a) check digit

108
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

– validation check
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– single digit appended to a number

– calculated from digits and their position
– re-calculated after data transfer

– e.g. bar codes, ISBN, credit/debit cards [2]

(b) RAM
– random access memory
– memory lost on switching off/volatile/temporary
– stores user programs/data (etc.)
– usually on a chip
– can be read/changed by user

e.g. SRAM,DRAM etc. [2]

(c) macro
– macro instruction
– new command created by combining number of existing ones
– can combine effects of pressing several individual keys on k/board
– can be programmed by user to customise software
– e.g. single key stroke to insert a logo into a document [2]

(d) USB flash memory

– (memory data) storage device
– removable/portable
– uses universal serial bus connector
– re-writable device
– contains printed circuit board
– allows transfer of data/files between computers
– draws power from the computer port
– contains EEPROM (electrically erasable programmable ROM)/ non-volatile memory
– e.g. pen drive/memory stick/thumb drive
[2]

(e) printer buffer

– temporary storage/memory
– compensates for the difference in speed of printer and CPU
– e.g. holds data whilst computer completes a job, recovering from error (e.g. paper jam)
[2]

(a) Any three from:

– “glitches in the software” e.g. divide by zero
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– software conflicts
– virus
– operating system software loss/corruption
– hardware malfunction (e.g. overheating of circuit board, processor fans failing etc.)
– hardware incompatibility
– power supply interruption/”spikes”
– incorrect power down after use
– hard disk crash/failure
[3]

(b) Any one from:

– Grandfather-Father-Son (GFS)/file generation system
– backups
– parallel systems
– type/scan and OCR in new data again from the hard copies [1]

(c) Any one from:

– encryption
– encrypt files
[1]

3 (a) STAR, BUS [2]

(b) Any one from:

– can use any station to access files, etc.
– can share files etc.
– can share resources (e.g. printer)
– allows easier communication between users [1]

(c) Any one from:

– more easily/more rapid transfer of viruses from computer to computer
– file (etc.) security is more difficult
– extra infrastructure costs e.g. cabling [1]

(a)
110
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

START
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

Enter user
id

1 mark
6 (or 5)
Yes
3 2

Yes
7 5 (or 6)

1 mark
1 mark No

STOP

1 Access not allowed

2 Allow access
3 Do user id and password match
4 Enter password
5 Error message
6 Error message
7 Three attempts [3]

(b) verification [1]

(a) 2 marks (max) for RTTP points; 2 marks (max) for RTPC points
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

real time transactions real time processing

– individual transaction processed as – physical quantities continuously

it occurs monitored
– inputs compared with pre-set values
– files/fields/records updated – processed fast enough to affect input
immediately
– uses sensors, ADC, DAC, etc.

– e.g. online booking of seats – e.g. temperature control in air con [4]

(b) Any two points from:

– file management
– input/output control
– spooling
– memory management
– multiprogramming
– multitasking/JCL/batch processing
– handling interrupts
– error reporting/handling
– security (e.g. virus checking)
– user interface (e.g. WIMP)
– processor management
– loads/runs programs
– user accounts
– utilities [2]

6 (a) Any one from:

– reduced costs (no/less printing, no/less distribution of directories)
– faster/easier updating procedure
– raising profile of company [1]

(b) Any two from:

– faster/easier to find information
– more accurate/up-to-date
– more information/data available
– could easily extend to international directories [2]

(c) Any one from:

– more likely to get calls from call centres/sales companies
– unsolicited calls
– mis-use of details [1]

(d) Any one from:

– number changed and not registered
– errors in the information [1]

(a) (i) Any one from:

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– interview customers
– hand out questionnaires to customers [1]

(ii) 1 mark for method and 1 mark for reason:

– DIRECT
– must have only one way of conveying/updating the information

– PILOT
– could adopt new system at one terminal only to trial new system

– PARALLEL
– Check new system is working correctly/back up in case of system failure [2]

(b) Any one from:

– current time
– terminal number/name
– date
– baggage reclaim/carousel number
– name of airline
– transfers/connections [1]

(c) Any one from:

– touch screens/touch pad/mouse/tracker ball [1]

(d) Any two from:

– fewer errors
– could be linked to website for live updates
– faster/more accurate updating of information
– no language problems for customers
– no need to wait in a queue at manned help desks [2]

8 (a) 1 mark for hardware and 1 mark for software:

hardware
– webcam
– microphone
– large TV/monitor/screen
– router/broadband modem
– communications cables
– speakers

software
– compression software/CODEC
– communications software [2]

(b) Any two from:

113
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

– language differences
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– time differences
– controlling a 3-way conversation
– possible poor communications/loss of connection/slow connection
– delay in transmission [2]

(c) Any two from:

– less time lost in travelling
– can hold meetings with little notice
– safer (must be qualified e.g. terrorism risk, less travelling, etc.)
– can involve more people company-wide [2]

9 1 mark for each error and 1 mark for reason why it is an error

– line 1/negative=1 and/or line 2/positive=1

– negative and/or positive should be set to zero

– line 7/count=count+1
– don’t need a count within a for …. to next loop
– replace loop with a repeat...until loop

– line 8/print negative, positive or line 9/next count

– outputs should come after the next count statement [6]

10 (a) 6 (fields) [1]

(b) 3002, 2002, 3003, 3004 [2]

← - (1 mark) - → ← - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - →

(Max Speed (kph) < 900) OR (Length (m) > 74)

← - - - - (1 mark) - - - - → ← - - - (1 mark) - - - → [2]

11 (a) Any three points from:

– (count) number of vehicles …
– … at various times of day/at different positions/in different directions
– put data into computer …
– … and try out different scenarios
– look at effect of accidents/break downs
– look at effect of heavy traffic
– determine optimum timings of lights
– effect of emergency vehicles/public transport [3]

(b) Any two from:

114
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– less expensive (must be qualified)

– much safer prevents accidents/traffic problems through incorrect lighting times
– can try out many scenarios first (to give optimum settings)
– much faster than doing actual “experiments” on real lights [2]

(c) Any two from:

– sensors detect cars at each junction

– sends signals/data to computer
– computer software counts number of cars
– if analogue data, need an ADC
– compares sensor data with stored data/simulation results
– changes light timings/sequences as required
– (uses DAC) to send signals back to lights (control)
– continuously monitors [2]

12 (a) = SUM(B2:M2)/12 OR
= AVERAGE(B2:M2) OR
= (B2+C2+D2+E2+F2+G2+H2+I2+J2+K2+L2+M2)/12
[rounded] [1]

(b) = (L5 – L4) * L3 (must use cell references) [1]

(c) (i) graph “B” since rainfall usually measured as a height/bars

graph “B” since the information is clearer [1]

(ii) – draw a line at value 8

– include a row with all values 8 and add this data [1]

(d) Any two from e.g.

– weather forecast for 7/14 days
– attractions/facilities in the area
– online booking e.g. hotels
– maps/how to get there
– buttons linking to other web pages/site
– videos/multimedia presentations
– search facility
– images of resort/virtual tours [2]

13 Any four from:

115
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

– collect information from expert(s)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– put information into the/create knowledge base

– develop YES/NO dialogue/user interface
– output screens designed
– fully tested with known expected outputs
– produce user manuals
– fully train users of the system
– reference to inference engine being created
– reference to rules base being created [4]

14 (a) delete

– customer leaves the bank/close account

– customer dies

amend

– change of address
– change of telephone number
– change account details
– change name after marriage
– transactions on account e.g. deposits, withdrawals

insert

– new customer joins bank/opens new account [3]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– saves memory/less space required on the file
– faster/easier to type in
– faster to search for information
– fewer errors [1]

(ii) 1 mark for name, 1 mark for reason and 1 mark for improvement

– AGE
– always changing
– need to keep updating each year
– date of birth [3]

15 EACH RESPONSE MUST BE DIFFERENT

(a) (i) Any one from:

– character/type check
– length check
– Boolean check
– presence check

(ii) Any one from:

– format check
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– character/type check
– length check
– presence check

(iii) Any one from:

– range check
– character/type check
– presence check [3]

(b) Any one from:

– drop down lists showing M or F only, possible dates, etc.
– use of touch screens with only certain data options
– use of restricted lists
– radio buttons [1]

(c) (i) Any one from:

– lock computer
– log off the system
– if in an office, lock the door
– put into sleep/hibernate mode with password [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– to prevent RSI
– to prevent neck/back problems possible
– to prevent eye sight problems/headaches [1]

16 (a) Any three from:

– satellites transmit signals to computer/sat nav in car
– sat nav system in car receives these signals
– depends on very accurate time references/atomic clocks
– each satellite transmits data indicating location and time
– sat nav system car calculates position based on at least 3 satellites
– at least 24 satellites in operation world wide
– sat nav system combines satellite information with mapping info [3]

(b) Any two from:

– no need to read/own maps
– driver doesn’t need to memorise route
– can give useful information such as location of garages/speed cameras/points of
interest/traffic congestion
– allows driver to concentrate on driving (therefore safer)
– can find shortest/fastest route
– easier to re-route in case of road closures, etc.
– updateable [2]

(c) Any one from:

117
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

– stored maps out of date (instructions go to incorrect roads)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– inaccurate positioning
– loss of signal
– errors in original data/setting up
– sends vehicles down inappropriate routes
– over reliance by driver on the sat nav [1]

(d) Any one from:

– ships
– aeroplanes [1]

17 Marking Points

– initialisation of running totals (1 mark)

– correct loop control (1 mark)
– error trap for height input (1 mark)
– error trap for weight input (1 mark)
– sum total1 and average1 (i.e. height) calculation (1 mark)
– sum total2 and average2 (i.e. weight) calculation (1 mark)
– correct output (only if some processing attempted, must be outside loop) (1 mark)
[max: 5]

Sample pseudocode

total1 = 0: total2 = 0 (1 mark)

for x = 1 to 1000 (1 mark)

input height, weight

if height > 2 or height < 0 then print “error”: input height (1 mark)

if weight > 130 or weight < 0 then print “error”: input weight (1 mark)

else total1 = total1 + height: total2 = total2 + weight

next x

average1 = total1/1000 (1 mark)

average2 = total2/1000 (1 mark)

print average1, average2 (1 mark) [5]

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*3512267971*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/13

Paper 1 October/November 2010
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB10 11_7010_13/FP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1

(a) interrupt
. 119

Explain, with examples where appropriate, the following five computer terms. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) optical media

[2]

(d) verification

[2]

(e) global positioning system (GPS)

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
2
. 120

(a) What is meant by the term drop-down menu? For

Examiner's
Use

[1]

(b) Give an example of where a drop-down menu could be used.

[1]

(c) Give one disadvantage of a drop-down menu.

[1]

3 A typical computer system contains the following four components:

RAM
ROM
hard disk
modem

Describe the function of each of these components.

RAM

ROM

hard disk

modem

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
processing.
. 121

(a) Describe two differences between batch processing and real-time transaction For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) Give one example of the use of each type of processing.

batch:

real-time transaction:

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
. 122

Most laptop computers have networking capability.

(a) Describe two other desirable features you would look for when choosing a laptop
For
Examiner's
Use

computer.

[2]

(b) Describe two advantages of using broadband to connect to the Internet rather than
using dial-up.

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
for the given application.
.
123

Complete the following table by writing down the most appropriate data collection method For
Examiner's
Use

Application Data collection method

Reading information from a credit/debit

card

Choosing an option from a customer

information screen at an airport

Reading the results from a questionnaire

where pencil lines were used to choose
options

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
films and arcade games.
. 124

Describe how computers are used to generate graphics and animation effects for use in For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
. 125

Students at a school decide to produce a monthly newsletter to inform parents of events.

They could either produce a magazine on paper or arrange for a multimedia presentation in
the school hall.
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) State two advantages and two disadvantages of producing the magazine on paper.

Advantage 1

Advantage 2

Disadvantage 1

Disadvantage 2

[4]

(b) State two advantages and two disadvantages of giving a multimedia presentation.

Advantage 1

Advantage 2

Disadvantage 1

Disadvantage 2

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
10 (a) What is meant by a virus?
.126

For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) What is meant by encryption?

[2]

(c) (i) A student wrote “I would make backup copies of my data to guard against viruses”.
Why is the student’s statement not necessarily true?

[1]

(ii) The same student also wrote “Encryption would stop a hacker accessing the data
in my computer files”.
Why is the student’s statement incorrect?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
statements?
.127
0

11 (a) Which validation methods are being carried out by the following three pseudocode For
Examiner's
Use

(i) if age > 10 and age < 20 then print "correct"

(ii) if gender = "male" and title = "Mr" then print "correct"

(iii) if field = "" then print "input data is missing"

[3]

(b) Name a different validation technique and give an example to show how it works.

Name

Example

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 128

12 (a) A student is trying to find out information about cloud computers.

How could he use the Internet to find this information?

For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) Give two advantages of using the Internet to find information.

[2]

(c) Give two disadvantages of using the Internet to find information.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.129
2

13 A spreadsheet has been set up to compare the monthly costs of five mobile phone
networks. Normally a text message costs 2 cents and one minute of talk time costs
15 cents for all networks (100 cents = $1).
For
Examiner's
Use

A B C D E
Network Monthly No. of free No. of free talk Value of texts
1 name charge ($) texts time minutes + talk time ($)
2 Lemon 65 500 500 85
3 Yodafone 65 1000 280 62
4 C-mobile 65 800 400 76
5 O-3 65 1000 500 95
6 T-world 65 2000 100 55
7 Best network:

(a) What formula must be in E2 to calculate the value of the Lemon network offer?

[2]

(b) What formula needs to be placed in E7 to find the best offer?

[1]

How could the spreadsheet be modified so that the customer can find out which
network still gives him the best deal?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
information to allow them to select a hotel.
.130
3

14 An airport has a number of hotels nearby. A database has been set up to give customers For
Examiner's
Use

Hotel Name of No. of No. of Hotel Price per Distance from

Ref hotel stars rooms parking person ($) airport (km)
H41 The Grand 3 45 Y 65 11
K22 Sleepy Inn 2 15 N 45 10
N15 Britannia 5 140 Y 150 4
L44 Beach Hotel 4 62 N 85 8
H30 Sea View 3 38 N 60 4
H21 Pyramid 3 25 N 70 5
N21 Superior 5 120 Y 200 2
K14 Travellers 2 15 N 45 10

(a) How many records are shown in the database?

[1]

(b) Which field in each record must be unique?

[1]

(c) The following search condition was typed in:

(No. of stars > 3) OR (Hotel parking = Y)

Using Hotel Ref only, which records would be found?

[2]

(d) Write down the search condition to find which hotels were less than 10 km from the
airport and charged under $100 per person.

[2]

(e) The database was sorted into descending order using No. of rooms.

Using Hotel Ref only, write down the sorted order of records.

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.131
4

15 (a) The following flowchart shows how a burglar alarm system uses light sensors to
determine if an intruder has entered the house and decides to sound an alarm.
For
Examiner's
Use

Select statements from the list below, using numbers only, to complete the flowchart.

START

Light sensor
detects movement
List of statements
1 check sensor value with the
stored value
No 2 convert signal to digital
3 has alarm been re-set?
4 is a signal detected?
Yes 5 is sensor value nominal?
6 is signal digital?
7 sound an alarm
No

Yes

Yes No

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 132
5

(b) Explain why the sensor signal needs to be converted into digital. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

Sensor name:

Description:

[2]

(d) The computer can’t directly control items such as motors and heaters.

What additional hardware is needed to allow the computer to control these devices?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 133
6

16 A customer logs on to a secure website using a code and a password. The first stage is to
key in a code which is his date of birth (DDMMYY) followed by 1234. The second stage is
to type in the first, third, fourth and seventh character of his password.
For
Examiner's
Use

The customer last logged on to the website on 15th March 2010.

(a) (i) The customer’s date of birth is 15th November 1985. What is the customer’s
code?

(ii) Why is this code not unique?

(iii) Suggest how this coding system could be improved.

[3]

(b) (i) The customer’s password is PAULO168.

What does the customer need to type at the second stage?

1st 3rd 4th 7th

(ii) Why are passwords used?

[2]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
page which states:
. 134
7

“You were last logged on to this website on 14th April 2010. Is this correct?”

What could have happened to make the customer concerned about this statement?

[1]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281

.135
8

17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which

inputs a set of positive numbers (which end with -1)

For
Examiner's
Use

outputs the average (mean) value of the input numbers

outputs the value of the largest (highest) number input

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281

.136

inputs a whole number (which is > 0)

(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which For

Examiner's
Use

calculates the number of digits in the number

outputs the number of digits and the original number

(E.g. 147 would give an output of 3, 147)

[4]

© UCLES 2010 7010/13/O/N/10

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.137

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2010 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• CIE will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

CIE is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2010 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

(a) Interrupt
138
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

Any two points from:

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– a signal/request generated by a device/program

– which causes a break in the execution of the program/stops the program
– examples: printer out of paper, <BREAK> key pressed, disk full [2]

(b) Optical media

Any two points from:
– type of non-magnetic memory
– uses light sensitive surface to store data
– media are very portable
– can be write once or write many times
– used to store large files
– can be ROM or RAM
– examples: CD, DVD [2]

(c) CAD
Any two points from:
– computer aided design
– uses special hardware such as hi-res screen, plotters, spaceball
– makes use of features such as 2D, 3D, wire frames, costings, zoom
– use a library of spare parts
– often used with CAM
– examples: architecture designing buildings, car design, lighting at concerts [2]

(d) verification
Any two points from:
– check on input for errors
– check before and after transfer (of signals)
– by double entry
– on screen checking
– comparing input/use of second operator
– e.g. typing in a password twice [2]

(e) GPS
Any two points from:
– Global positioning system
– navigational system
– uses satellites
– which transmit data …
– … to determine exact location and time
– satellites use atomic/very accurate clocks
– sat nav computer calculates position based on satellite data
– examples: used in vehicles to find routes from a to B [2]

(a) Any one point from:

– choose options by clicking on an arrow
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– which highlights possible options

– uses a pointing device (e.g. mouse) to select
– list of items to select/click on
– an inactive drop-down menu only has one value [1]

(b) Any one point from:

– when selecting an option from a finite list
– e.g. choosing an expiry date for a credit card
– navigating between web pages [1]

(c) Any one point from:

– limited options available
– difficult to find the required option, as only one option is visible [1]

3 RAM – allows random access

– stores work user is currently working on
– stores files/data temporarily when s/ware running
ROM – stores BIOS
– stores files/data that should not be changed
Internal hard drive – main memory of the computer
– stores applications software
Internal modem – allows computer to link to a network/internet
– allows modulation/demodulation to enable info to be sent/received
by analogue cables
– controls the flow of data
– error correction
– compresses data transmitted
– converts digital to analogue and vice versa [4]

4 (a) Any two points from:

Real time transaction:
– individual transactions processed as it occurs
– fields/files updated immediately
Batch processing:
– all data collected together before processing started
– processed in one go
– processing often done at night during “quiet periods”
– no need to up date files immediately [2]

(b) Any one use of batch:

– processing of utility bills (gas, electricity, water, …)
– processing of cheques
– payroll – producing wages/salary slips
Any one use of RTT:
– on line booking of seats in a cinema, flights, …
– any application where double booking must be avoided [2]

(a) Any two points from:

– consume very little power …
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– … hence prolonging internal battery life

– run cool …
– … thus minimising problem of heat dissipation
– no processor fans needed …
– … therefore prolonging internal battery life
– light weight for easier portability [2]

(b) Any two advantages from:

(1 mark for advantage + 1 mark for expansion)
– very fast transfer/conncetion rate …
– … thus can download/upload files much faster
– always “on” (no need to dial up) …
– … thus don’t have to wait/have instant access to the Internet
– not metered …
– … thus it is possible to download large files without additional cost
– telephone lines not tied up whilst computer in use …
– … this is because broadband uses a wide bandwidth
– because of the high data transfer rate …
– … it is possible to do video conferencing or use VOIP systems [4]

6 One mark for each method:

Data collection method

magnetic stripe reader OR

chip and PIN reader

touch screen

OMR

[3]

7 1 mark for named method, 1 mark for advantage and 1 mark for each disadvantage (these MUST
match up with named method)

Direct:
Advantages:
– less likely to malfunction since fully tested
– immediate benefits/less time wasted
– reduced costs (only one system so no need to duplicate staff)

Disadvantages:
– disastrous if the new systems does fail

Parallel:
Advantages:
– if new system goes down, there is a backup system in place
– possible to gradually train staff/staff have time to get used to the new system

Phased:
Advantages:
141
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– only a small part of the operation affected if new system fails

– no need to pay for two sets of wages

Disadvantages:
– time consuming (each part needs testing fully before expanding system)

Pilot:
Advantages:
– if new system fails, only that part will be affected
– possible to gradually train staff on pilot before whole system changes over

Disadvantages:
– time consuming (waiting to see how pilot works before rolling out to rest of the organisation)
[6]

8 Any three points from:

– animation effects produced by animator using key frames (which define start point and end
point of a movement e.g. open the mouth)
– use of tweening/morphing (differences in appearance between key frames are calculated
using tweening/morphing)
– use of avars (animation variables)
– successive sets of avars control movement of animated character
– adding of surfaces to avars using rendering (realistic image)
– generation of avars using markers on real moving objects …
– … or using joystick to manually produce stick models
– software prevents need to produce hundreds of hand drawn sketches [3]

9 (a) 1 mark for each advantage and 1 mark for each disadvantage:
Advantages:
– reaches a larger audience
– people can read information on paper copies at their leisure
– permanent copy which can be referred back to later

Disadvantages:
– need a high quality colour printer
– cost of ink, paper, etc.
– no sound, video, animation or special effects
– need to distribute by hand (time and cost issues) [4]

(b) 1 mark for each advantage and 1 mark for each disadvantage:
Advantages:
– can be interactive with the presenter
– can have sound, video, animation or special effects
– easier to update (don’t have to re-print or re-distribute)

Disadvantages:
– not a permanent record
– people may not go to the presentation
– need expensive equipment (e.g. projector)
– needs to be set up each time it is used [4]

10 (a) Any two points from:

– a program/software/code
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– which can replicate itself automatically

– attach themselves to e.g. files
– cause damage to computer system (e.g. delete/change/corrupt data) [2]

(b) Any two points from:

– data which is jumbled up …
– … to prevent unauthorised people from understanding data
– a key is needed to encrypt data (encryption key)
– a key must be known to decrypt data (decryption key)
– even if data is accessed it can’t be read without necessary key [2]

(c) (i) Any one point from:

– viruses could be attached to the data and backup copies may still be “infected”
– when copying backup data onto computer may transfer virus again [1]

(ii) Any one point from:

– encryption only makes data, already accessed, unreadable
– encryption doesn’t stop access to files [1]

11 (a) (i) range check

(ii) consistency check / crossfield check

(iii) presence check [3]

(b) 1 mark for name and 1 mark for example. Example must match name

Name Example

– type/character check only letters typed into name field

– format check ensure date typed in correct format
– length check ensure year field has four digits
– check digit on barcodes to ensure they have been read correctly [2]

12 (a) Any two points from:

– use a search engine …
– … and enter KEY words (e.g. CLOUD + COMPUTER) [2]

(b) Any two advantages from:

– more likely to be up-to-date
– can contain multimedia files
– more information is available
– can find information anywhere (e.g. away from home)
– usually faster than looking through paper-based information (must be a comparison)
– easier to incorporate information into own work, projects, etc. [2]

(c) Any two disadvantages from:

– not regulated/checked, therefore may be inaccurate/incorrect
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– easy to get irrelevant information/sites/overabundance of info

– can download viruses, spyware, etc.
– risk of finding porn sites
– need to invest in computer system + broadband
– sometimes information is withdrawn and is lost from the Internet [2]

13 (a) = (C2 * 0.02) + (D2 * 0.15)

← 1 mark → ← 1 mark → [2]

(b) = MAX (E2:E6) [1]

(c) Any two points from:

– new column F added

– new formula e.g. F2 = 65 + (800 – D2) * 0.15
– modify formula in, e.g. E2, to include (800 – D2) * 0.15 [2]

14 (a) 8 [1]

(b) Hotel Ref [1]

(d) (Distance from airport (km) < 10) AND (Price per person($) < 100)
←-------------- 1 mark ---------------→ ←------------- 1 mark --------------→
OR
(Price per person($) < 100) AND (Distance from airport (km) < 10)
←---------- 1 mark ----------→ ←------------------ 1 mark ------------------→ [2]

(e) N15, N21, L44, H41, H30, H21, K22, K14

↑
(last 2 in any order)
[2]

15 Award marks as shown below

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

START

Light sensor
detects
movement

No
4
(1 mark)
Yes

No
2 6

(1 mark)
Yes

(1 mark)
No
5 7
Yes

(1 mark)

Yes No
3

1 = check sensor value with stored value

2 = convert signal to digital
3 = has alarm been re-set
4 = is a signal detected?
5 = is sensor value normal?
6 = is signal digital?
7 = sound an alarm [4]

(b) Any two points from:

– sensor information/signal usually analogue
– computers can only read/understand digital signals [2]

(c) 1 mark for name of sensor + 1 mark for application

Application must match the sensor
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

Can have the same application for different sensors

Sensor type Possible applications

(1) used in controlling central heating systems

temperature
(2) used to control/monitor temperatures in chemical processes

(1) monitoring of greenhouse environment

moisture (2) any process where moisture is an issue (e.g. production of tablets
in a pharmaceutical company)

(1) environment (e.g. measuring oxygen content in a river to check

oxygen
for pollution)

(1) detecting an intruder by breaking an infra-red beam

infra red
(2) counting (e.g. counting coins as each one breaks the beam)

(1) detecting intruders in a burglar alarm system

pressure
(2) some systems still use these to count vehicles on the road

(1) picks up sound (e.g. burglar alarm system)

acoustic
(2) detecting liquids moving in pipes (chemical processes)

motion (1) detecting speed (e.g. radar guns measuring vehicle speed)

(1) used to measure acidity in rivers (pollution monitoring)

(2) used in greenhouses to monitor soil acidity
pH
(3) used to monitor/control chemical process where acidity levels are
important

proximity/distance (1) these tend to be versions of the above (e.g. light or infra-red)

[2]

(d) Any one from:

– DAC (digital to analogue converter)
– actuators [1]

16 (a) (i)
1 5 1 1 8 5 1 2 3 4
[1]

(ii) more than one person can have same date of birth [1]

(iii) Any one from:

– give different 4-digit codes to people
– increase the number of digits in code (e.g. 10 instead of 4) [1]

(b) (i)
1st 3rd
146
.
Mark Scheme: Teache s’ version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2010

4th 7th
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

P U L 6 [1]

(ii) to prevent illegal access to the website [1]

(c) Any two from:

– he last logged on on 16th March 2010 and system shows 14th April 2010
– there is evidence of illegal access [1]

17 (a) highest = –100; total = 0: count = 0 (1 mark) initialise values NB highest cannot be 0
input number (1 mark) inputs in the correct place
while number < > –1 do (1 mark) loop until –1 is input
total = total + number (1 mark) calculate number total
count = count + 1 and count numbers input
if number > highest then highest = number (1 mark) highest
input number
endwhile
average = total/count (1 mark) calculate average value
print average, highest and output average and highest value
[4]

(b) d = 0 (1 mark) initialise value

input number (1 mark) input number and set variable
t = number to this number
repeat (1 mark) correct loop
t = t /10 (1 mark) **method to find number of digits
d=d+1 (1 mark) **counting number of digits
until t < 1
print number, d (1 mark) correct output outside the loop
(** NOTE: there are other ways of finding number of digits e.g.
if number > 0 then d = 1
else if number > 9 then d = 2
……………………………
else if number > 999999 then d = 7 etc.)

If no loop then 0 for loop and 0 for output [4]

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/01

Paper 1 For Examination from 2011
SPECIMEN PAPER
2 hours 30 minutes

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Attempt all questions using the spaces provided.

Calculators may be used.
Brand names of software will not be regarded as acceptable answers.

This document consists of 16 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

© UCLES 2008 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
.148

State two desirable properties of processors found in laptop computers.

selected property is desirable.
Explain why the

Property 1

Reason

Property 2

Reason

[4]

2 Weather forecasting using computer models has made predicting weather more accurate.

(a) Describe how data is gathered for the computer model.

[2]

(b) How does the computer model make its prediction based on the new weather data input?

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.149

[2]

3 Some items of food now have additional bar codes which convey information about how to cook
the food. Special ovens are needed to take advantage of this additional information. If the bar
code is held close to a reader on the front of the oven, the oven will automatically set cooking
times and temperature settings to ensure the perfect meal.

(a) How does the oven ensure that the food is correctly cooked?

[2]

(b) Give two advantages to the user of this new technology.

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
. 150

Vehicles are now fitted with satellite navigation systems (GPS) to help them get directions.

(a) How does the system know the exact position of the vehicle?

[2]

(b) The directions are often given verbally. Give one advantage of doing this.

[1]

(c) The satellite navigation systems are known to sometimes give incorrect directions. Give two
reasons why this might happen.

[2]

5 (a) Give two differences between an intranet and the Internet.

[2]

(b) Give two reasons why companies allow intranet access rather than Internet access to their
employees.

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
.151

(a) To access the Internet, a computer system requires the user to insert a smart card into a slot
on the side of a keyboard. They then need to type in a PIN. Give two advantages of this
system.

[2]

(b) Many passports and security cards now contain an induction loop and microchip which
uniquely identifies the item and the user. Give two security advantages of using such a
system.

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
. 152

Many mobile phones offer cameras which allow still and movie photos to be taken.

(a) What recent technology has enabled this facility to be offered in mobile phones?

[1]

(b) Describe two ways to download the photo files from the mobile phone to a computer.

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
.153

The following algorithm inputs 100 numbers and outputs which number is the smallest and which
number is the largest.
10 largest = 0
20 smallest = 0
30 for x = 0 to 100
40 input number
50 if number > largest then largest = number
60 if number < smallest then smallest = number
70 x=x+1
80 next x
90 print largest, smallest

There are three errors in this algorithm. Locate these errors and suggest what changes should
be made to the algorithm.

Error 1

Change 1

Error 2

Change 2

Error 3

Change 3

[6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
10 Read the following flowchart carefully.

START
.154

A = 0, B = 0, C = 0

X=1

Input N

No
Is X N Output A, B, C STOP

Yes

Input T

Yes
Is T > 0 A=A+1

Yes
Is T < 0 B=B+1

C=C+1

X=X+1

Draw the trace tables for the following sets of test data

(i) 5, 30, 20, –20, 10, –30

(ii) 8, 0, 0, –10, 5, 20, 0, 0, 0

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(i)
.155

X N T A B C Output

(ii)

X N T A B C Output

[6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.156
0

11 Draw the truth table for the following logic network:

A AND

OR X
B OR

AND

C NOT

A B C X

1 1 1

1 1 0

1 0 1

1 0 0

0 1 1

0 1 0

0 0 1

0 0 0

[4]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.157

12 Draw a logic network and truth table for the following logic problem:

“A sprinkler (S) is ON if
either temperature alarm (T) is ON and cooler alarm (C) is ON
or vent alarm (V) is OFF and cooler alarm (C) is ON”

Working

Logic network:

Truth table:

T C V S

1 1 1

1 1 0

1 0 1

1 0 0

0 1 1

0 1 0

0 0 1

0 0 0
[9]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.158
2

13 (a) Many of the portable memory devices available at the moment use either solid state or
miniature hard disk drives. Choose two devices and state which memory type is used and
why it is used.

Device 1

Type of memory

Reason for choice

Device 2

Type of memory

Reason for choice

[6]

(b) New recording systems use hard drives to store movie files. How is it possible to record on
the hard drive at the same time as reading from it?

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.159
3

(c) Two rival companies offer devices which store music files in a digital format. Music files are
down loaded from the Internet. Give two possible reasons why the music files play back
correctly on one machine but not the other.

[2]

14 The use of video conferencing has increased considerably in recent years.

(a) Give two effects on companies in adopting video conferencing.

[2]

(b) Give two social effects of adopting video conferencing.

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.160
4

15 Using the Internet it is possible to home in on live images which show aerial photographs of
buildings anywhere on the Earth.

(a) How are the photographs of buildings generated?

[1]

(b) It is possible to have the aerial photograph placed on top of a more traditional road map.
Give an advantage to the user of having this facility.

[1]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 161
5

16 A system uses 8 digit numbers with an additional eighth digit used as a check digit.

(a) Give two types of error which can be detected using a check digit when transmitting data.

[2]

(b) Each of the eight digits in the number has a digit position.

e.g. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ← digit position

3 0 5 5 1 6 2 5 ← digits (digit in position 1 is the check digit)

The validity of the check digit is found using the following calculation:
• multiply each digit by its digit position
• add together the results of the multiplications
• divide the sum by 11
• if the remainder is ZERO then the number is valid

For example, in the above number we have a sum of 110. Dividing by 11 gives a remainder of 0.
Thus the number is valid. For each of the following 8 digit numbers, indicate whether they are
valid or not. Show all working.

(i) 8 1 3 9 1 2 0 7

Working:

Valid number?

(ii) 5 5 0 3 1 6 1 7

Working:

Valid number? [6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.162
6

17 Airports put a unique bar code on all luggage to ensure it is loaded on to the correct flight.

(a) What validation check is made on a bar code number?

[1]

(b) Give two pieces of information that could be stored on the file that links to each unique bar
code.

[2]

(c) Give one advantage of using bar codes in this application.

[1]

(d) Give an example of another application for bar codes.

[1]

18 Many systems are now controlled by microprocessors and sensors.

Name two different sensors which could be used to control the following systems:

Automatic doors

Central heating

[2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.163
7

19 The exchange rate between the US Dollar (US$) and the Brazilian Real (R$) changes every day.

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which inputs the exchange rate for every day
over a 10 year period (assume that each year = 365 days) and then outputs the following:

• The average (mean) exchange rate

• The best (highest) exchange rate
• The worst (lowest) exchange rate
• The number of occasions when the exchange rate was above 2.0

[6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SP/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 164

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/01

Paper 1 For Examination from 2011

SPECIMEN MARK SCHEME
2 hours 30 minutes

MAXIMUM MARK: 100

This document consists of 10 printed pages.

© UCLES 2008 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 165

One mark for each property and one mark for each reason:

consume little power ….

…. hence prolonging internal battery life
run cool ….
…. thus minimising problem of heat dissipation
no processor fans required ….
…. therefore prolonging internal battery life [4]

2 (a) Any two points from:

- sensors collect data from weather stations

- readings from weather stations sent to the weather centre on disk etc.
- readings from other sources (e.g. airline pilots) sent to weather centre
- weather balloons, satellites, etc. send information remotely [2]

(b) Any two points from:

- system compares known weather patterns/data ….

…. with new data received
- known weather patterns produced from previous data
- carries out a statistical probability calculation of most likely weather [2]

(c) Any two ways from:

- “weather map” superimposed map of country/area

- can show changes in weather patterns in time (e.g. movement of clouds)
- produces series of figures showing pressures, temperatures, etc.
- produces colour-keyed symbols to show temperature, rainfall, etc. [2]

3 (a) Any two points from:

- required values stored on embedded microprocessor in the oven

- when barcode read, stored values retrieved ….
…. and are compared to data on the microprocessor
- oven automatically sets timings, temperatures, etc. [2]

(b) Any two advantages from:

- can’t get it wrong

- no need to set the oven manually (e.g. power settings)
- cooking conditions can be variable – therefore produce ideal cooking environment [2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4 (a) Any two points from:

- use of global positioning satellites

. 166

- satellites transmit signals to Earth

- car system receives signals from (at least 3) satellites …
- … and calculates position of car
- combines satellite information with stored maps to allow directions [2]

(b) Any one point from:

- safer – no need to read maps

- allows driver to concentrate on driving
- no need to interpret maps [1]

(c) Any two reasons from:

- road changed – therefore no longer matches stored maps

- global positioning not sufficiently accurate
- (temporary) loss of signal [2]

5 (a) Any two difference from:

- (Internet) INTERnational NETwork

- (Intranet) INTernal Restricted Access NETwork
- Intranet only gives local information relevant to, e.g. a company
- can block access to sites outside the company network
- based on a local network, not necessary to have external modems
- information stored on local servers
- Internet can be accessed from anywhere
- Internet available to everyone; intranet requires password entry
- intranet is behind a firewall
- a computer network, based on Internet technology, that is designed to meet the internal
needs for sharing information within a single organisation or company
- an intranet is a web site geared toward use specifically by a company's employees. It will
often contain company or project-specific information that allows employees to coordinate
more efficiently [2]

(b) Any two reasons from:

- safer since less chance of external hacking or viruses

- can prevent workers accessing unwanted sites
- can ensure information is specific to the company
- easier to send out “sensitive” messages to remain within company only [2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6 (a) Any two advantages from:
.
167

- more secure since user needs both the card and the PIN to access
- secures online transactions since smart card read directly ….
…. and this contains encryption algorithms etc. [2]

(b) Any two advantages from:

- passport cannot be copied – reduces fraud

- chip contains personal data which identifies passport owner
- induction loop allows passport to be read by “portal” readers [2]

7 Any five descriptions of systems life cycle stages:

- fact finding (e.g. by way of interviews etc.)

- feasibility study (e.g. cost benefits etc.)
- analysis stage (e.g. analyse company requirements etc.)
- design stage (e.g. determine hardware and software etc.)
- testing strategies (e.g. how to test validation routines etc.)
- user/technical documentation (e.g. technical doc contains algorithms etc.)
- implementation (e.g. immediate changeover etc.)
- evaluation (e.g. feedback on ease of use of new system etc.)
- maintenance (e.g. new hardware added to meet a new need etc.) [5]

8 (a) larger memory capacities in smaller space [1]

(b) Any two ways from:

- send an email/message from phone to computer

- take out the memory card and connect to computer
- connect phone via USB port to computer [2]

(c) Any two advantages from:

- on the move, can download information on maps etc.

- can readily download bus timetables etc. when away from home
- can access websites while at, e.g., the supermarket doing shopping [2]

9 One mark for each correct error identified

line 20 – smallest should be set at a high value such as smallest = 100000

line 30 – loop does 101 iterations; should be for x=1 to 100
line 70 – count not required inside for loop; x = x + 1 would corrupt the loop [6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.168

10 One mark for correct output, two marks for other two columns being correct

trace tables:

(i)

X N T A B C Output
0 0 0
1 5 30 1
2 20 2
3 -20 1
4 10 3
5 -30 2
6 3, 2, 0

← - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - →← - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - →← 1 mk → [3]

(ii)

X N T A B C Output
0 0 0
1 8 0 1
2 0 2
3 -10 1
4 5 1
5 20 2
6 0 3
7 0 4
8 0 5
9 2, 1, 5

← - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - →← - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - →← 1 mk → [3]

11 One mark per two rows:

Truth table:

A B C X
1 1 1 1
1 1 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 0 0
0 1 1 0
0 1 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0

[4]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
12 Statement:

Award marks as shown:

.169

S = 1 if [T = 1 AND C = 1] OR [V = NOT 1 AND C = 1]

← - - - - 1 mark - - - - → ← - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - → [2]

Logic network:

Award one mark per correct gate:

T AND

OR S
C

AND

V NOT

[4]

Truth table:

Award one mark for each row showing correct 1-value in column S:

T C V S
1 1 1 1
1 1 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 0 0
0 1 1 0
0 1 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0

[3]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.170

13 (a) One mark per device, one mark for type of memory and one mark for reason;

devices such as: USB flash memories

MP3/4 players
Cameras
Mobile phones

memories such as: Solid state

Miniature hard drives

reasons such as: Hard drives are removable

Solid state – no need for battery back up [6]

(b) Any two points from:

- use of a read head and write head working independently

- use of data buffers
- reference to special software to allow dual access [2]

(c) Any two points from:

- different file formats used by the two systems

- protection built into the music files
- file corruption during download [2]

14 (a) Any two effects from:

- safer to work force since less travelling involved

- much cheaper than paying for transport/accommodation
- changes in communications policies/philosophy
- faster response to issues where many people needed
- less stressed work force (thus more efficient)
- don’t lose staff for several days whilst attending meetings [2]

(b) Any two effects from:

- less environmental impact (less air travel)

- less travelling (so less stress)/less time away from home
- less social mixing with other personnel from other offices
- loss of “incentive” of foreign travel [2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
15 (a) use of satellite technology
.171

[1]

(b) Any one from:

- can look for a landmark and then find street/road names

- can see what roads really look like which helps when driving [1]

(c) Any one from:

- can type in 2 post/zip codes and get journey map

- can see route highlighted on screen maps [1]

16 (a) One mark per reason

if two digits transposed e.g. 1 5 2 8 instead of 5 1 2 8

if one digit is incorrect e.g. 5 4 2 8 instead of 5 1 2 8 [2]

(b) (i) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 }
8 1 3 9 1 2 0 7 } 1
} mark
sum = 64 + 7 + 18 + 45 +4 + 6 + 7 = 151 }

divide by 11 gives 13 remainder 8 } 1 mark

thus number is not valid } 1 mark

(ii) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 }
5 5 0 3 1 6 1 7 } 1
} mark
sum = 40 + 35 + 15 + 4 + 18 + 2 + 7 = 121 }

divide by 11 gives 11 remainder 0 } 1 mark

thus number is valid } 1 mark [6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
17 (a) check digit
.172

[1]

(b) Any two points from:

date/time of flight
flight number
weight (in kg) of luggage
destination airport
intermediate airport(s)
passenger name
passenger address
departure terminal/airport
passport number [2]

(c) Any one advantage from:

- can track whereabouts of luggage

- in case luggage is lost, can locate its history
- easier to ensure correct transfer of luggage if intermediate airport used [1]

(d) Any one from:

supermarkets
smart ovens [1]

18 One mark per sensor

automatic doors – infra red sensors

central heating – temperature sensors [2]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
19 Award marks as shown up to the maximum of 6 marks

best = 0
173
0

worst = 100 } 1 mark

total = sum = 0

for x = 1 to 3650 } 1 mark

input xchangerate } 1 mark

if xchangerate > best then best = xchangerate } 1 mark

if xchangerate < worst then worst = xchangerate } 1 mark

if xchangerate > 2 then total = total + 1 } 1 mark

sum = sum + xchangerate

next x

avge = sum/3650 } 1 mark

output best, worst, total, avge } 1 mark

marking points:

correct initialisation 1 mark

correct loop and loop control 1 mark
correct input (inside loop) 1 mark
check on best and worst exchange rates 2 marks
counting number of occasions when rate exceeded 2.0 1 mark
finding the average value (sum inside loop and calc) 1 mark
correct outputs (all outputs AND outside loop) 1 mark [6]

© UCLES 2008 7010/01/SM/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.174

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*0958480891*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 May/June 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

IB11 06_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1

1
. 175

Give three tasks carried out by an operating system. For

Examiner's
Use

[3]

2 A user decides to use an Internet search engine to help locate a hotel.

(a) What is a search engine?

[1]

(b) Give two possible problems the user might encounter when using a search engine.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 176

(c) The search engine found the website of a suitable hotel.

Give three features you would expect to see on a hotel website.

For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
system.
.177

A worker at a company has to go through a logon procedure to gain access to her computer For
Examiner's
Use

(a) The first thing she has to do is type in a user name and a password.

Why is this done?

[1]

(b) The password is typed in twice.

Why is this done?

[1]

A menu then appears on her screen. She chooses to connect to the Internet.

(c) Describe two ways her computer system is protected against loss or corruption of files
once the computer system is connected to the Internet.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 178

(d) The worker leaves her computer system for a 10-minute break.

(i) From a health and safety aspect, why does she need to take a regular break?
For
Examiner's
Use

(ii) Apart from switching off her machine, how could she ensure her computer system
was secure whilst taking her regular break?

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
.179

The following diagram shows a typical expert system. For

Examiner's
Use

Explanation
System Working
store

W X

Knowledge Z
Base Editor

(a) Name the missing labels W to Z using the following list of possible options.

Inference Engine Expert System Shell

Knowledge Base User Interface

Z [4]

(b) Name one of the components that makes up the knowledge base.

[1]

Advantage:

Disadvantage:

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 180

(d) Name two examples of the use of expert systems. For

Examiner's
Use

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5 Study the following flowchart very carefully:
. 181

For
Examiner's
Use
START

count = 1
total = 0
X=0

INPUT
number

Yes
Is number > 0 ? total = total + number

X=X+1
No

count = count + 1

Yes
Is count <= 10 ?

average = total/X

OUTPUT
average

STOP

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
15, -2, 0, 8, 0, 21, -8,
.
182

(a) Complete the trace table for the following data set:

-12, 1, 25
For
Examiner's
Use

count number total X average OUTPUT

[4]

(b) What is the purpose of this flowchart?

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
.183
0

Describe the role of computer software and hardware when producing animation effects in
the television and film industry.
For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

7 A spreadsheet has been set up to compare the costs of types of fruit juice sold by a shop.

A B C D
NAME OF FRUIT NORMAL PRICE VOLUME OF COST PER LITRE
1
JUICE PER BOTTLE ($) BOTTLE (LITRES) ($)
2 Apple 3.50 1.0 3.50
3 Orange 2.80 1.0 2.80
4 Pomegranate 4.55 0.7 6.50
5 Caju 2.00 2.0 1.00
6 Mango 1.05 0.7 1.50
7 Average cost: 3.06

(a) (i) What formula is in cell D5 to calculate the cost of Caju juice per litre?

(ii) What formula is in cell D7 to calculate the mean (average) cost of fruit juice per
litre?

[2]

(b) What validation check could be carried out on the data in cells B2 to B6?

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 184

(c) Three extra columns are to be added to this spreadsheet:

Column E will show a percent discount on the normal price of a bottle of fruit juice
(as shown in column B);
For
Examiner's
Use

Column F will show this discount in dollars ($);

Column G will show the price of a bottle of fruit juice after discount.

Complete the spreadsheet by showing the formulas that need to be placed in cells
F2 to F6 and G2 to G6.

E F G
Percentage Discounted price per
1 Discount amount ($)
discount (%) bottle ($)
2 10

3 20

4 15

5 10

6 5

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
. 185
2

Many computer-controlled systems use sensors to gather physical data. For example,
temperature sensors are used in the control of central heating systems.
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Name three other sensors and give a different application for each named sensor.

Sensor 1:

Application:

Sensor 2:

Application:

Sensor 3:

Application:

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
systems.
. 186
3

(b) Describe how temperature sensors are used in computer-controlled central heating For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
.187
4

An international company uses video-conferencing. The system is set up as follows:

screen + web cam

For
Examiner's
Use

micro- micro-
phone phone

speakers

conference room 1 conference room 2

( represents a person at the meeting)

(a) Describe how the video-conferencing system works.

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 188
5

(b) Give two reasons why video-conferencing is gaining in popularity. For

Examiner's
Use

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
these two gates:
. 189
6

10 (a) Two logic gates are the AND gate and the OR gate. Complete the truth tables for For
Examiner's
Use

AND gate OR gate

A B X A B X

0 0 0 0

0 1 0 1

1 0 1 0

1 1 1 1

[2]

(b) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:

A
AND

B OR X

AND

C NOT

A B C X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
package.
. 190
7

11 (a) Describe three features you would expect to find in a Computer Aided Design (CAD) For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) Give three different applications where CAD might be used.

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
times.
. 191
8

12 Many vehicles use Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to know their exact location at all For
Examiner's
Use

(a) How does GPS work?

[3]

A taxi company uses GPS in all its vehicles.

(b) One of its taxis is on Main Street and needs to go to Railway Street.

How is GPS technology used to help the taxi driver get to his new destination?

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
error messages.
.192
9

(d) Give two reasons why the GPS could take the driver to the wrong destination or cause For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

13 It has been decided to model the traffic flow at a busy road junction.

(a) Describe how data is gathered for this model.

[3]

(b) Give two reasons why a model is used.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.193
0

14 (a) Name and draw two common types of network topology. For
Examiner's
Use

Type 1: Type 2:

[2]

(b) Give two advantages of networking computers.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
database is shown below.
.
194

15 A database showing the population of world cities has been produced. A section of the For
Examiner's
Use

Ref Name of City Urban

Country Area Capital
No City Population (m) Population (m)
1 Tokyo Japan Asia 33.2 34.1 Yes
2 New York USA America 17.8 21.9 No
3 Sao Paulo Brazil America 17.7 20.2 No
4 Seoul S Korea Asia 17.5 22.3 Yes
5 Mexico City Mexico America 17.4 22.7 Yes
6 Osaka Japan Asia 16.4 16.8 No
7 Manila Philippines Asia 14.8 14.9 Yes
8 Mumbai India Asia 14.4 19.7 No
9 Jakarta Indonesia Asia 14.3 17.2 Yes
10 Calcutta India Asia 12.7 15.6 No

(a) How many records are shown above?

[1]

(b) Using Ref No only, which records would be found if the following search condition was
typed in

(Country = “India” OR Area = “America”) AND (Capital = “No”)

[2]

(c) Write a search condition to find the cities in Asia with a city population greater than
17 million OR an urban population greater than 20 million.

[2]

(d) Give one advantage of using Y or N rather than Yes or No in the Capital column.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 195

16 A floor turtle can use the following instructions:

For
Examiner's
Use
Instruction Meaning

FORWARD d Move d cm forward

BACKWARD d Move d cm backward

LEFT t Turn left t degrees

RIGHT t Turn right t degrees

REPEAT n Repeat the next set of instructions n times

ENDREPEAT End of REPEAT loop

PENUP Raise the pen

PENDOWN Lower the pen

(Each square in the drawing below is 10 cm by 10 cm.)

Start Finish

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
PENDOWN
.196
3

Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape (shown in bold lines). For
Examiner's
Use

LEFT 90

REPEAT

[5]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
are:
.197
4

17 Daniel lives in Italy and travels to Mexico, India and New Zealand. The times differences For
Examiner's
Use

Country Hours Minutes

Mexico -7 0
India +4 +30
New Zealand +11 0

Thus, if it is 10:15 in Italy it will be 14:45 in India.

(a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which:

• Inputs the name of the country

• Inputs the time in Italy in hours (H) and minutes (M)
• Calculates the time in the country input using the data from the table
• Outputs the country and the time in hours and minutes

[4]

(b) Describe, with examples, two sets of test data you would use to test your algorithm.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/M/J/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.198

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

Any three from:

199
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– handling interrupts
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– input/output/peripheral/device control
– spooling
– multitasking/JCL/batch processing
– multiprogramming
– user interface
– load/run software
– processor management/task management
– file (copy/save/delete etc) management
– memory management
– user accounts
– utility tasks (defrag, format etc.)
– error reporting/handling
– security management
– power management [3]

2 (a) Any one point from:

– program searches documents for key words/query and returns a list
– software that searches for sites based on words input
– use their own database to locate data defined by key words/query input [1]

(b) Any two points from:

– too wide a search/too much information/irrelevant information found
– “unwanted”/undesirable sites found during the search
– picks up words with same spelling but different meaning
– search engine loyalty/funded by advertising puts websites top of list
– may produce out of date sites
– misleading/incorrect information [2]

(c) Any three features from:

– shopping basket
– checkout
– secure credit card payment
– hyperlinks to other sites
– drop down boxes/calendar with available dates
– virtual tour of the hotel/hotel facilities
– currency conversions
– interactive map/directions to hotel/contact details
– drop down boxes with room rates
– confirmation by email/textmessage
– form to fill in customer details/booking form
– special offers [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
Page 3

(a) Any one from:

200
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– prevents unauthorised access to files/the computer system

– access to her own directories
– allow authorised access [1]

(b) Any one from:

– verification check
– (double check) password is correct [1]

(c) Any two from:

– firewall
– anti-virus software
– (automatic) backup of data
– auto-save [2]

(d) (i) Any one from:

– repetitive strain injury (RSI) / pain in wrist/fingers
– carpal tunnel syndrome
– headaches/eyestrain/back ache/neck ache [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– “lock” computer system
– automatic screen saver (after short time of inactivity)
– log off from the system
– if computer in an office, lock the office door [1]

4 (a) W = User Interface

X = Inference Engine
Y = Expert System Shell
Z = Knowledge Base [4]

(b) Any one from:

– Facts
– Rules Base [1]

(c) Any one advantage from:

– reduces the time taken to solve a problem
– can predict future faults
– can lower wage bills (less skilled work force needed)
– can be used in countries where the necessary skills are rare
– can have access 24/7
– less likely to miss a question

Any one disadvantage from:

– expensive system to set up/purchase
– necessary to do training on the new system
– must be kept up-to-date [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 4
201

GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

(d) Any two examples from: e.g.

– medical diagnosis
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– diagnostics with example (car engine faults, electronic components)

– tax/financial calculations
– chess
– mineral/oil prospecting
– animal/plant classification [2]

5 (a)
count number total x average OUTPUT

}
1 0 0
2 15 15 1 1
3 –2

}
4 0
5 8 23 2
1
6 0

}
7 21 44 3
8 –8
9 –12 1
10
11
1
25
45
70
4
5 14 14 }1
<- - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - ->< - 1 mark ->< - 1 mark ->< - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - -> [4]

(b) Find the average of all positive numbers entered [1]

6 Any three points from:

– computer s/ware helps produce more realism
– ability to “move” mouth properly to accurately mimic speech
– can store frames straight to dvd (or similar)
– speeds up/simplifies editing process
– removes need for several artists to draw the animations
– use of tweening speeds up the process
– reference to morphing
– reference to avatars
– reference to avars (animation variables)
– reference to rendering [3]

7 (a) (i) = B5/C5 [1]

(ii) = (D2 + D3 + D4 + D5 + D6)/5 OR

= AVERAGE(D2:D6) OR
= SUM(D2:D6)/5 [1]

(b) Any one from:

– character/type check
– range check
– format check [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 5

F G
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

Percent Discount Discounted price

1 discount amount per bottle ($)
(%) ($)
2 10 = B2 * E2/100 = B2 – F2
3 20 = B3 * E3/100 = B3 – F3
4 15 = B4 * E4/100 = B4 – F4
5 10 = B5 * E5/100 = B5 – F5
6 5 = B6 * E6/100 = B6 – F6

NOTE: 1 mark for first formula in F2

1 mark for replication of formula in F3 through to F6
1 mark for first formula in G2
1 mark for replication of formula in G3 through to G6 [4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
Page 6
203
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011
Syllabus
7010

(a) 1 mark for naming the sensor + 1 mark for correct application of named sensor
(applications MUST be different)
Paper
11

Named Application of named sensor

sensor
Humidity greenhouse environmental control
Moisture spin drier in automatic washing machine
(water) libraries/archives where moisture levels need
controlling
fish tank/aquarium
oxygen environmental monitoring
car engine management system/fuel injection
system
burglar alarm
light automatic doors
greenhouse environmental control
automatic doors
infra red car in correct place to allow paint spraying in car
factory
burglar alarm
traffic control
pressure automatic doors
burglar alarm
Environmental monitoring
gas Safety system

[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 7
204
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

(b) Any three points from:

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– sensor relays reading back to computer

– if reading is analogue, need an analogue to digital converter (ADC)
– computer compares reading with stored value
– sends signal to actuators
– signal converted using digital to analogue converter (DAC)
– actuator alters factors such as heating, coolers, etc.
– cycle continues / output affects input
accept a diagram such as:

sensors

ADC

computer

Central
DAC actuator heating
devices [3]
How to mark a diagram:
1 mark for link between sensor(s) and computer
1 mark for showing an ADC
1 mark for showing a DAC
1 mark for link from computer to actuator
1 mark for arrow implying cycling of system

9 (a) Any four points from:

– each “conference room” needs to log into system

– delegates speak into microphone
– webcam takes video image
– uses Internet/WAN/broadband/modem to transmit data
– use of compression software for video/audio
– use of CODEC (which converts and compresses analogue data into digital data
and sends over digital links)
– echo cancellation software (allows talking in real time/keeps everything in sync)
– video images seen (on screen)/audio heard (using speakers) in real time [4]

(b) Any two points from:

– faster communications now available (e.g. high speed broadband)
– safety reasons (e.g. risk of terrorism attacks on flights)
– costs (saves on overseas travelling/hotel costs)
– cheaper equipment costs [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8

10 (a) AND gate

A B X
205
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

OR gate
A B
Syllabus
7010

X
Paper
11

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
(1 mark for correct X column in each gate) [2]

(b)
A B C X
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0 } 1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0 } 1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0 } 1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1 } 1
[4]

11 (a) Any three features from: e.g.

– rotate, enlarge, change colour etc.
– costings
– library of parts
– validation of design against specification
– ability to do 2D/3D designs
– link into CAM
– create engineering drawings from solid models
– calculate/test mass, stress etc. in new designs
– electronic component packing [3]

(b) Any three from: e.g.

– architecture (houses, office blocks, etc.)
– engineering (bridges, roads, etc.)
– interior design (kitchens, bathrooms, etc.)
– water supply/sewer systems
– aerospace
– car (vehicle) design
– chemical/nuclear plant design
– factory layouts
– consumer goods design (e.g. mobile phones)
– ship building
– fashion design
– design of electronic components [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9

12 (a) Any three points from:

206
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– satellites transmit signals to sat nav computer

. Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– computer receives/interprets these signals

– system depends on very accurate timing/use of atomic clocks
– each satellite transmits data including location and time
– computer in taxi calculates its position based on at least 3 satellites
– at least 24 satellites in operation at a given time
– position of vehicle is within 1 metre
– refer to triangulation:

satellite 1
Exact
location
of vehicle
satellite 2

satellite 3
[3]

(b) Any two points from:

– maps stored in sat nav memory
– shows directions on a screen
– voice output gives driver directions/instructions
– plots route in advance
– GPS knows exactly where vehicle is
– recalculates route if driver makes a mistake [2]

(c) Any one point from:

– can estimate time of arrival
– can warn of speed cameras (etc.)
– can warn of road works/diversions/traffic congestion
– can warn if exceeding speed limit
– can give fastest/most scenic route etc.
– can give location of petrol station/hotel etc [1]

(d) Any two reasons from:

– wrong/outdated maps stored on system
– inaccurate timing
– (temporary) loss of signal
– incorrect start point/end point selected/keyed in
– road works/accident have closed the “expected” route [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10

13 (a) Any three points from:

207
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– collect data at different times of the day

. Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– data collected by filling in paper records

– can use hand held devices to collect data
– use of sensors to collect data
– time how long it takes for vehicle to cross junction
– count number of vehicles in all directions [3]

(b) Any two points from:

– much safer (if errors made in real life, could be fatal)
– less costly (can try out things first on the model) NEED REASON
– able to test out various scenarios first
– can optimise timings of lights etc. at junctions
– model can be applied to other junctions
– much quicker than doing the real thing [2]

14 (a) 1 mark for name + correct drawing of each type of network

ring star bus

[2]

(b) Any two advantages from:

– sharing of resources (hardware and software)
– easier to communicate computer to computer
– central database – thus all users share same information
– easier to control what users can do (e.g. block Internet access)
– can work from any station and access data [2]

15 (a) 10 [1]

(b) 2, 3, 8, 10

1 mark per two correct records

Loose 1 mark for each additional record [2]

(c) (Area = “Asia”) AND (City Population(m) > 17 OR Urban Population(m) > 20)
<- - - - 1 mark - - - -> < - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - ->

(Area = “Asia” AND City Population(m) > 17) OR (Area = “Asia” AND Urban Population(m) > 20)
< - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -1 mark - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -> < - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - -- - - - - - - - - ->
[2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 11

(d) Any one advantage from:

208
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– less likely for entry/typing errors

. Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– uses less memory to store records

– faster data entry [1]

16 PENDOWN
LEFT 90
REPEAT 3
FORWARD 30 1 mark
RIGHT 90
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENDREPEAT
FORWARD 10 1 mark
LEFT 90 OR PENUP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PENUP OR LEFT 90
FORWARD 10 1 mark
PENDOWN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPEAT 2 OR REPEAT 3
FORWARD 20 1 mark
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT 90
ENDREPEAT
FORWARD 20 OR (LEFT/RIGHT 180) 1 mark
(LEFT 90)

Give a mark for each correct group of statements [5]

Alternative answer for last 2 marks:

FORWARD 20
RIGHT 90 1 mark
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORWARD 20
RIGHT 90 1 mark
FORWARD 20

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 12

17 (a) input name$

209
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

input H, M
if name$ = “Mexico” then H = H – 7
else if name$ = “India” then H = H + 4: M = M + 30
else if name$ = “New Zealand” then H = H + 11
else print “error”
print H, M

Marking points
– 1 mark for two inputs for country and hours/mins
– 1 mark for check on Mexico
– 1 mark for check on New Zealand
– 1 mark for check on India
– 1 mark for error check
– 1 mark for output in correct place [4]

(b) Any two sets of test data from:

Normal hours: (hours which do not change the day) e.g. 8
hours which change the day (e.g.. 13 + country = New Zealand)
Normal minutes (which do not change the hour) eg.25
minutes which change the hour (e.g. 40 + country=India) [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Candidate Name
.210

Centre Number
Candidate Number

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL

EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level

7010/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1

May/June 2011
TIME: 2 hours 30 minutes

SUITABLE FOR VISUALLY IMPAIRED CANDIDATES

Candidates answer on the Question Paper.

No Additional Materials are required.

READ INSTRUCTIONS OVERLEAF

The whole of this paper is © UCLES 2011.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
211

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name
on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or
rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or
correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer ALL questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of
software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work

securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end
of each question or part question.

2
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
.212

(a) Give TWO features you would expect to find in a

data protection act.

[2]

(b) Why would this act still not necessarily protect

data stored in a computer system?

[2]

4
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
.
213

Most operating systems provide a user interface.

(a) User interfaces can be either command line

interfaces (CLI) or graphical user interfaces (GUI).

Give ONE advantage and ONE disadvantage of

both types of interface.

Advantage CLI:

Disadvantage CLI:

Advantage GUI:

Disadvantage GUI:

[4]

7
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
214

(b) Give THREE other tasks carried out by an

operating system.

[3]

8
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
.215

A company has decided to introduce an intranet and

remove Internet access for its staff.

(a) Describe TWO reasons why the company will not

allow its staff Internet access.

[2]

(b) Apart from removing Internet access, give TWO

advantages to the company of using an intranet.

[2]

9
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
.
216

The following table shows FOUR applications which

require specialist INPUT devices.
For EACH application, suggest ONE possible INPUT
device and give a reason for your choice.

10
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
APPLICATION
.
217

INPUT
DEVICE
REASON FOR CHOICE
OF DEVICE

Virtual reality
application

Disabled
person
communicating
with a
computer
system

Automatic
stock control
system at a
supermarket

Information
kiosk at an
airport using a
GUI interface

[8]
11
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
.218

FIVE security or data loss issues are shown on the left

hand side.
FIVE possible methods of data recovery or protection
are shown on the right.
Match the definitions/descriptions on the left to the
most appropriate method on the right by drawing
connecting arrows.

12
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
ISSUES
. 219

METHODS

Data loss caused by hard Anti-virus

disk head crash software

Hacking into files and

Encryption
changing or deleting data

Introduction of software
Anti-spyware
that self-replicates and
software
can cause data loss

Reading of illegally Make back-up

accessed documents files

Software that logs/records

Use of
all key presses on your
passwords
computer without you
and a firewall
knowing
[5]

13
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
.220

(a) Read the following section of code that inputs

twenty (20) numbers and then outputs the largest
number input.
1 h=0
2 c=0
3 REPEAT
4 READ x
5 IF x > h THEN x = h
6 c=c+1
7 PRINT h
8 UNTIL c < 20
There are THREE errors in this code.

Locate these errors and suggest a corrected piece

of code.

[3]
14
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
221

(b) The above code is an example of a high-level

language.

Give TWO features of a high-level language.

[2]

(c) The code is to be interpreted rather than compiled.

Give ONE difference between these two methods.

[1]

15
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
.
222

A media sales company has set up a website.

The opening page is:

DVD media sales company

Please input your Customer ID

Select your film category COMEDY

END CONTINUE

(a) (i) What TYPE of menu is being used for the film
category?

(ii) Give ONE advantage of this type of menu.

[2]

16
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(b) (i)
.223

Name a validation check that could be used on

the Customer ID field?

[1]

(ii) Describe TWO types of test data, together with

examples, that could be used to see whether
the validation check named in (i) works.

Type 1

Example

Type 2

Example

[4]

17
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
.224

Juan decided to buy 40 tracks online from a music

distribution company.
The tracks are all in MP3 format.

(a) What is the benefit of downloading tracks in MP3

format rather than in the normal CD format?

[1]

Juan uses a company which offers the following

Internet broadband transfer rates:

• 56 megabits per second DOWNLOAD

• 16 megabits per second UPLOAD

(b) If each music track is 3.5 megabytes in size, how

long would it take Juan to download his 40 tracks?
(Show your working.)

[2]

18
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
225

(c) He has decided to upload 36 photographs onto his

social networking website. Each photograph is
1.8 megabytes in size.

How long would it take to upload his photographs?

[2]

19
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
226

10 The following flowchart inputs ten temperatures and

outputs the average (mean) temperature and the
number of temperatures which were negative (i.e. < 0).

START

N=0
sum = 0
X=0

count = 1

input T

X=X+1

sum = sum + T

Yes
is T < 0 ? N=N+1

count = count + 1

Yes No
is count < 11 ? average = sum/X

output
average, N

STOP

20
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
227

(a) Complete the trace table for this flowchart using

the following test data:
5, 11, 16, -4, -10, 8, 10, -3, 17, 10
N sum X count T average

[6]

(b) What values are output from the flowchart using

the above test data?

[1]
21
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
11 (a) (i)
.
228

Complete the truth table for the following logic

circuit:

A NAND
NAND C
B NAND

A B C
0 0

0 1

1 0

1 1
[2]

(ii) Which single logic gate has the SAME function

as the above logic circuit?

[1]

22
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(b) (i)
.229

Complete the truth table for the following logic

circuit:

A NOR
NOR C
B NOR

A B C
0 0

0 1

1 0

1 1
[2]

(ii) Which single logic gate has the SAME function

as the above logic circuit?

[1]

23
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.230

12 An electronic chess board is connected to a

computer. There are sensors under EACH square and
EACH chess piece has a magnet in its base.

In a game, one player is the computer and the other

player a person.

In the example below, a piece has been moved FROM

A7 TO B5.

Each chess piece has pre-programmed legal moves.

A B C D E F G H
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

24
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.231

(a) Describe how the computer knows when or if a

chess piece has moved.

[3]

(b) A person moves a chess piece when prompted by

the computer. How would the computer know if
the move made was legal?

[2]

25
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.232

(c) Name the type of software application that can play

chess games in this way.

[1]

26
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
233

13 Describe THREE ADVANTAGES and TWO

DISADVANTAGES to the general public of using the
Internet to do online shopping.

ADVANTAGES

28
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
DISADVANTAGES
.
234

[5]

29
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
235

14 A spreadsheet has been set up to show the size of

some model cars.

A B C D E
FULL SCALE
IS MODEL
1 NAME LENGTH SCALE LENGTH
> 0.25 M ?
(M) (M)
2 Raudi R8 5.22 18 0.29
3 Monda Civil 4.30 43 0.10
4 R Skate 6.12 18 0.34
5 Silly for 2 2.76 12 0.23
6 Citron C1 3.42 18 0.19
7 Singer S2 5.20 10 0.52
8

(a) What formulas must be in column D?

D
1 SCALE LENGTH (M)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[2]

30
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(b) (i)
.
236

The formula = IF (D2 > 0.25, “Y”, “N”) was

typed into E2. What output would be shown in
E2?

(ii) If this formula was replicated all the way down

from E3 to E7, what formula would be in E7?

[2]

(c) Describe a way of filtering out only those models

which are scale 18.

[2]

31
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
237

15 Name THREE different types of storage media and

give an example of each.

Type 1

Example

Type 2

Example

Type 3

Example [3]

32
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.238

16 A book shop uses barcodes for its computerised

stock control.

Each book title has a barcode which identifies it.

The data is stored in a table.

(a) A sample of the data stored in the table is shown

below:

BARCODE BOOK AUTHOR COPIES PUBLICATION

TITLE DATE
123456789012 Blue AA 27 10/2001
Lagoon Smith
345678901234 Happy BJ 30 11/1997
Hour Cocktail
567890123456 Young CM Vein 19 06/2009
Blood

(i) Which is the key field?

33
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
239

(ii) Give TWO examples of when the data in the

table will need to be changed.

[3]

(b) Each barcode has a check digit.

(i) Explain how the check digit is used as a

validation check.

(ii) What type of error can the check digit identify?

[2]

34
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
240

(c) Name DIFFERENT suitable validation checks for

EACH of the following fields:

Book title:

Copies:

Publication date:

[3]

35
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.
241

17 A school has 1800 students. The start date and

leaving date for each student is stored on file. Dates
are in the format YYMMDD (e.g. a student starting on
10th September 2007 and leaving on 4th August 2012
has the data 070910 and 120804 on file).

(a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or

otherwise, which

• inputs Student ID for all 1800 students

• inputs the start date and leaving date for each
student
• carries out a check to ensure the second date
is later
• if error, increments error counter
• outputs the number of errors

36
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.242

[5]

(b) Describe, with examples, TWO sets of test data

you would use to test your algorithm.

[2]

37
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.243

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

(a) Any two from:

244
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– data must be up-to-date

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– data can only be read/used for the purpose for which it was collected
– data must be accurate/relevant
– data must be deleted/destroyed when no longer needed/don’t keep longer than
necessary
– data must be secure
– data user must register (what data is held)
– data must be used/collected fairly and lawfully
– data must be protected from accidental damage
– only authorised people can have access to the data
– fines will be imposed for data mis-use
– data should not be passed on to 3rd parties without owner’s permission
– person can view data and have it changed if necessary
– safe harbour [2]

(b) Any two from:

– risk of viruses
– risk of hacking still exists
– (physical) corruption of data (e.g. by using incorrect shutdown procedure)
– theft/loss of CDs/DVDs/memory sticks containing information
– data protection act doesn’t protect the data itself [2]

2 (a) Any one from:

– helps users to understand how to use the software package
– instructions on how to operate the system [1]

Don’t credit candidates who rewrite the question

(b) Any three from:

– how to run/load/install the software package
– how to save a file
– how to search for information
– how to sort the data
– how to print out documents
– how to add/delete/amend records
– purpose of the system/programs/software
– (input) screen layout
– (output) print layouts
– hardware requirements
– software requirements
– sample runs
– error handling/meaning of error messages
– troubleshooting guide
– how to log in/out/shutdown/startup
– tutorials
– backup
– input methods
NOT help [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 3
245
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

(c) (i) Any one from:

Syllabus
7010

– can ask a team of experts about the problem directly/expand on questions

Paper
12

– links built into the software

– useful if user doesn’t understand problem/has no IT or computing skills
– no need to print out large user manuals (saves money)
– much easier to update if changes made to software
– more customer friendly (leads to repeat business) [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– only available when connected to the Internet
– may take a while to get a response to their query [1]

3 (a) Any one advantage of CLI from:

– direct communication with computer system
– not restricted to a number of pre-determined options
– simple interface using keyboard only
– faster response

Any one disadvantage of CLI from:

– need to learn a number of/long/complex commands
– need to type in the commands (possibility of errors)
– slow having to type in commands every time

Any one advantage of GUI from:

– only need to click on one simple picture
– so much easier for the novice
– several instructions are replaced by one icon
– no need to understand how computer systems work

Any one disadvantage of GUI from:

– wasteful of computer memory
– if user wants to communicate with computer system directly, GUI is effectively
more complex. [4]

(b) Any three from:

– handling interrupts
– input/output/peripheral/device control
– spooling
– multitasking/JCL/batch processing
– multiprogramming
– user interface
– load/run software
– processor management/task management
– file (copy/save/delete etc) management
– memory management
– user accounts
– utility tasks (defrag, format etc.)
– error handling
– security management
– power management [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
Page 4

(a) Any two from:

246
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– access to undesirable websites

– increased risk of hacking
– greater volume of junk mail
– theft of computer time by staff (using the internet instead of working e.g.
downloading games)
– increased risk of viruses and other security issues [2]

(b) Any two from:

– can set up specific information pages
– can limit places where the intranet can be accessed
– better security since network is internal/LAN
– faster to find information since it is restricted to company info only

No Internet based answers. [2]

5
Application Input Device Reason for choice of device

– data gloves – allows user to interact with v/r

Virtual reality – data goggles system directly
application
– sensor suits – system needs to get data
directly from its surroundings

– microphone – allows blind person to dictate

Disabled person text directly to the computer
communicating – head wand – if little hand movement, allows
with a computer user to select options from the
system screen
– large keyboard – people with poor eye sight can
use the keyboard to input text

Automatic stock – bar code reader – automatically reads data

control system – RFID tag reader – fewer data entry errors
at a
supermarket

– touch screen – easier for the customers

Information – reduces the number of possible
kiosk at an options for the user
airport using a – select options from a screen
GUI interface – immovable/more secure
– trackerball

May see other devices .e.g. Kimball tag reader

NOT mouse, NOT keyboard [8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
Page 5
247
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

1 mark per correct link

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

Data loss caused by hard

Anti-virus software
disk head crash

Hacking into files and

changing or deleting data Encryption

Introduction of software
that self-replicates and can Anti–spyware software
cause data loss

Reading of illegally
Make back-up files
accessed documents

Software that logs/records

all key presses on your Use of passwords and a
computer without you firewall
knowing
[5]

7 (a) 1 mark for each error identified + suggested correction

line 5: this should read if x > h then h = x

line 7: print h should come after the end of the repeat loop

line 8: this should read until c = 20 or until c >= 20 or until c > 19 [3]

(b) Any two from:

– close to English
– one statement is equal to many low-level language statements
– portable
– easy to edit/debug/update
– problem oriented
– needs converting to machine code before execution [2]

(c) Any one from:

– interpreter – runs line by line and locates errors as it runs
– compiler – converts whole program into object code/gives complete list of errors [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
Page 6
248
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

(a) (i) drop down menu/list / combobox

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

(ii) Any one from:

– can limit number of choices
– allows only specific answers to be given
– fast way of choosing options
– reduces chances of any errors [2]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– length check
– character/type check
– presence check
– format check

NOT range check. [1]

(ii) 1 mark for each type of test data + 1 mark for an example:
Normal data:
– input ID with 9 characters e.g. 123456789 or abc456789

Erroneous/abnormal data:
– input number with digits missing e.g. 123 789

Example must match (i) [4]

9 (a) Any one from:

– takes up much less memory space/smaller file size
– faster download time
– MP3 track 1/10th the size of a CD track [1]

(b) 1 mark for showing relevant working + 1 mark for correct answer

40 tracks = 40 x 3.5 = 1 40 Mbyte

56 megabits/sec = 7 Mbyte/sec
time to download tracks = 140/7

i.e. 20 seconds [2]

36 photos = 36 x 1.8 = 64.8 Mbyte

16 megabits/sec = 2 Mbyte/sec
time to upload photos = 64.8/2

i.e. 32.4 secs [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 7

10 (a)
N sum x
249
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

count T
Syllabus
7010

average
Paper
12

0 0 0 1

5 1 2 5

16 2 3 11

32 3 4 16

1 28 4 5 –4

2 18 5 6 –10

26 6 7 8

36 7 8 10

3 33 8 9 –3

50 9 10 17

60 10 11 10

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark [6]

(b) 6, 3 [1]

11 (a) (i)
A B C
0
0
0
1
0
1 } 1 mark
1
1
0
1
1
1 } 1 mark
[2]

(ii) OR gate [1]

(b) (i)
A B C
0
0
0
1
0
0 } 1 mark
1
1
0
1
0
1 } 1 mark
[2]

(ii) AND gate [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8

12 (a) Any three from:

250
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– sensors detect magnets

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– send signals to the computer

– signals changed to digital using ADC
– computer checks all previous positions ...
– ... which are stored in memory/on file
– and determines which piece has moved [3]

(b) Any two from:

– legal/acceptable moves stored in memory/on file
– computer can calculate which squares the piece is allowed to move to
– computer tracks each move made by each piece
– compare actual move with permissible move [2]

(c) – expert system/Artificial Intelligence [1]

13 Any three advantages from:

– can shop 24–7/in own time
– worldwide therefore greater choice
– no need to waste money on travelling to shops
– no need to waste time travelling
– disabled/elderly people don’t have to leave their homes
– cost savings often passed on to customer
– can look for “best value” in a short time
– less pollution since fewer car journeys

Any two disadvantages from:

– shops close down in cities/unemployment/”ghost towns”
– increased risk of fraud/hacking
– less social interaction between people
– can’t see the goods first
– goods may not arrive/”bogus” web sites
– environmental issues/wasted packaging
– “ties up” the phone line if broadband not available
– increase in phone bills [5]

14 (a) 1 mark for correct formula in D2 and 1 mark for correct replication

D
1 scale length (m)
2 = B2/C2
3 = B3/C3
4 = B4/C4
5 = B5/C5
6 = B6/C6
7 = B7/C7
8
[2]
(b) (i) Y [1]

(ii) = IF (D7 > 0.25, “Y”, “N”) [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9

(c) Any two from:

251
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

– select cell (e.g. C1)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– select DATA and choose FILTER (autofilter)

– choose 18 on drop down box
– only rows where 18th scale models will show
– draw bar chart using column C
– colour bars differently where scale = 18
– conditional formatting
– colour cells differently where scale = 18 [2]

15 1 mark for each storage method + appropriate example

– magnetic
– e.g. floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape

– optical
– e.g. CD, DVD, Blu-ray etc

– solid state
– e.g. flash memory [3]

16 (a) (i) Barcode

(ii) Any two from:

– a book is republished
– new copies of book arrive
– new books published (new titles)
– errors in one of the fields
– book is sold/removed from stock [3]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– computer re-calculates check digit
– compares it to check digit in data sent

(ii) Any one from:

– missing digit (e.g. 3156 instead of 31516)
– transposed digit (e.g. 35116 instead of 31516)
– erroneous digit (e.g. 33516 instead of 31516) [2]

(c) Book title:

– character/type check
– presence check

Copies:
– range check
– character/type check
– length check
– presence check

Publication date:
– range check
– format check
– presence check

All checks must be different. [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10

17 (a) marking points

Initialisation
252
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011

1 mark
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

loop control 1 mark

input student id 1 mark
input start and leaving dates 1 mark
check if leaving date <(=) starting date// check if
starting date >(=) leaving date 1 mark
increment error total 1 mark
output error total 1 mark

sample algorithm
total = 0 (1)
for x = 1 to 1800 (1)
input student id (1)
input start date, leaving date (1)
if leaving date <= start date then total = total + 1 (2)
next x
print total (1)

Initialisation must be for the error counter. Inputs must be inside the loop, output must
be outside the loop. [5]

(b) normal data that will be accepted:

– e.g. 110906 and 220710 or 060911 and 100722

abnormal data that should be rejected:

– e.g. 150911 and 201009 or 110915 and 091020

negative numbers that should be rejected:

– e.g. –110209 or –090211

month/day/year out of range that should be rejected:

– e.g. 352210 or 102235

use of text that should be rejected:

– e.g. September 15, 2010 or 15th September 2010

Marks are for examples and a brief description. Must have both description and
example for each mark.

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
*9601420634*
.253

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 October/November 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB11 11_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
254

2 (a) Give one benefit of storing music files in MP3 format.

[1]

(b) Describe the type of memory used in MP3 players.

[2]

3 Give three features expected in a data protection act.

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
stock control system.
. 255

The following flowchart shows how barcodes are used at the point of sale in an automatic For
Examiner's
Use

Select statements from the list below, using numbers only, to complete the flowchart.

START

READ barcode
on item

Yes
No. List of statements
1 any more barcodes to read?
2 find barcode in stock database
3 has item already been ordered?
Yes 4 has barcode been found in file?
5 has barcode scanned correctly?
No 6 is number in stock <= reorder level?
7 manually key in barcode
8 send out orders to suppliers
No Yes 9 subtract 1 from item stock level

STOP Yes No

No Yes

[5]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
. 256

(a) State what is meant by Computer Aided Design (CAD). For

Examiner's
Use

[1]

(b) Give three different applications that make use of CAD.

[3]

(c) Name three specialist input/output devices used in CAD.

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
using a standard computer system.
.
257

(a) Name two pieces of hardware needed to enable video-conferencing to take place For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) State one piece of specialist software needed to carry out video-conferencing.

[1]

(i) Give one advantage of doing this.

(ii) Give one disadvantage of doing this.

[2]

(d) Give one reason why use of video-conferencing has increased over the last ten years.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7 Carefully study the following flowchart:
. 258

For
Examiner's
Use
START

INPUT
number

count = 1: total = 0: neg = 0

INPUT
temp

Yes
temp >= 20 ? total = total + temp

Yes
temp <= 0 ? neg = neg + 1

count = count + 1

count <= number ?

Yes

OUTPUT
total, neg STOP

Complete the trace tables for the following two sets of test data:

(i) number = 7, temp = -5, 0, 5, -4, 0, 10, -2

(ii) number = 6, temp = 21, 20, 30, 19, 21, 15

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(i) trace table:

number count temp

.
259

total neg OUTPUT

For
Examiner's
Use

(ii) trace table:

number count temp total neg OUTPUT

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
What would you include in your article?
. 260

You have been asked to write an article on how an expert system is developed. For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

9 A spreadsheet has been designed to calculate the fuel economy for 6 cars:

A B C D
1 car distance (km) fuel used (litres) economy (km/litre)
2 car 1 48 4.0 12.0
3 car 2 160 9.0 17.8
4 car 3 70 4.5 15.6
5 car 4 200 20.0 10.0
6 car 5 150 33.0 4.5
7 car 6 300 15.0 20.0
8 average economy: 13.3
9 best economy: 20.0

(a) (i) What formula is in cell D2 to calculate the economy for car 1?

(ii) What formula is in cell D8 to calculate the average economy for all 6 cars?

(iii) What formula is in cell D9 to calculate the best (highest) economy?

[3]

(b) If cell B7 was changed to 200, which cells would be automatically updated?

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.261

(c) Fuel economy is often given in the form litres per 100 km. A column E is to be added
to the spreadsheet to contain these new economy values.
For
Examiner's
Use

What formula needs to be in E7 to find the economy of car 6 in litres per 100 km?

[2]

10 A company’s technical services are now available on the Internet as well as using call
centres.

(a) Give two advantages to the customer of using call centres.

[2]

(b) Give two advantages to the customer of using technical services on the Internet.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(a) (i) What is meant by the term byte?
. 262
0

11 Computer memories are measured in terms of the number of bytes. For

Examiner's
Use

(ii) What is meant by a Gigabyte?

[2]

(b) Flash memories and CD-RWs are used as backing media for computers.

Give two differences between these two media.

[2]

12 The conditions in a fish tank are being controlled using sensors and a microprocessor. To
keep the fish healthy, the temperature must be at 25°C and the oxygen content needs to be
20 ppm (parts per million). The tank contains a heater and an oxygen inlet controlled by a
valve.

heater oxygen supply

sensor A sensor B

microprocessor

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Sensor A
.263

(a) Name the two sensors used in this application. For

Examiner's
Use

Sensor B [2]

(b) Describe how the sensors and the microprocessor are used to maintain the correct
conditions in the fish tank.

[4]

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 264
2

13 Aeroplanes now use Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to determine their location. For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe how the computer on board the aeroplane uses GPS to find its exact location.

[4]

(b) Give two benefits of using GPS in this application.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
conditions. The inputs are:
. 265
4

14 An alarm, X, gives a signal (i.e. X = 1) when a car fuel injection system gives certain fault For
Examiner's
Use

input binary value condition

0 pressure < 5 bar
P
1 pressure >= 5 bar
0 revs > 8000 rpm
R
1 revs <= 8000 rpm
0 temp > 120 °C
T
1 temp <= 120 °C

The alarm returns a value of 1 if:

either (i) pressure < 5 bar AND revs > 8000 rpm

or (ii) revs <= 8000 rpm AND temp > 120 °C

(a) Draw the logic circuit for the above system using these logic gates.

NOT AND OR

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
P R
. 266
5

(b) Complete the truth table for this alarm system.

T X
For
Examiner's
Use

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
right-most digit (position 1) is a check digit.
.
267
6

15 A company selling CDs uses a unique 6-digit identification number for each CD title. The For
Examiner's
Use

For example,
6 5 4 3 2 1 digit position
3 0 6 1 4 9 identification number

check digit

The validity of the number and check digit is calculated as follows:

• multiply each digit by its digit position

• add up the results of the multiplications
• divide the answer by 11
• if the remainder is 0, the identification number and check digit are valid

(a) Show whether the following identification numbers are valid or not. You must show
how you arrived at your answer.

(i) 4 2 1 9 2 3

working:

valid or not valid?

(ii) 8 2 0 1 5 6

working:

valid or not valid? [3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5 0 2 4 1
. 268
7

(b) Find the check digit for the following identification number: For
Examiner's
Use

working:

check digit: [2]

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.269
8

16 A company has bought some computers which can be used as stand-alone or networked.

(a) When used as stand-alone, there is a risk of information being stolen.

For
Examiner's
Use

Give two ways this risk could be removed or minimised.

[2]

(b) There are additional, different security risks when using the computers on a network.

Describe two of these risks and how the system can be protected against them.

Risk 1

Protection

Risk 2

Protection

[4]

(i) Draw a labelled diagram of a star network.

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
compared to a ring network.
. 270
9

(ii) Another type of network is a ring. Give one advantage of a star network when For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(d) The company also decides to buy some laptop computers for use on the network.

Give two desirable properties you would look for in the laptop processors.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
•
•
inputs three numbers
outputs the largest of the three numbers
.271
0

For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:

• inputs 1000 numbers
• outputs how many of these numbers were whole numbers (integers)
(You may use INT(X) in your answer e.g. Y = INT(3.8) gives the value Y = 3)

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/11/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.272

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

Any three from:

– fact finding
273
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– feasibility study
– analysis
– design
– testing
– documentation
– implementation/changeover/installation
– evaluation
– maintenance [3]

2 (a) Any one from:

– file size is small
– fast to download/upload files
– format can be played on several types of devices, e.g. mobile phone, CD player, laptop
etc. [1]

(b) Any two from:

– type of EEPROM
– non-volatile memories
– solid state memories
– NAND based memories
– mini hard disk drives [2]

3 Any three from:

– data must be up to date
– data can only be read/used for the purpose for which it was collected
– data must be accurate/relevant
– data must be deleted/destroyed when no longer needed/don’t keep longer than necessary
– data must be secure
– data user must register what data is held
– data must be used /collected fairly and lawfully
– data must be protected from accidental damage
– only authorised people can have access to the data
– fines will be imposed for data mis-use
– data should not be passed on to 3rd parties without owner’s permission
– person can view data and have it changed if necessary [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
Page 3
274
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

START

READ bar code on

next item

No 1 mark
5

Yes
7

2 1 mark

Yes
1 mark
No
1 4

No Yes

STOP
Yes No
6 3 8

No
1 mark Yes

1 mark

[5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
Page 4
275
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

(a) Any one from:

Syllabus
7010

– software that can be used to design new products/amend existing products

Paper
11

– makes use of features such as 2D, 3D, wire frames, library of parts, links to CAM [1]

(b) Any three from:

– aerospace
– architecture
– designing cars
– designing consumer goods
– chemical/nuclear plant design
– designing electronic circuit boards
– ergonomic design
– landscape/garden design [3]

(c) Any three from:

– large monitor/screen with hi-res
– touch screen
– plotter
– space mouse/space ball/4D device
– 3D glasses (in some applications)
– light pen
– graphics tablet
– 3D printer
– 3D scanner [3]

6 (a) Any two from:

– webcam
– speakers
– microphone
– broadband modem [2]

(b) Any one from:

– use of CODEC (converts/compresses analogue data into digital data)
– echo cancellation s/ware (allows talking in real time/keeps everything in sync)
– compression s/ware for video/audio
– s/ware to access broadband/networking [1]

(c) (i) Any one from:

– immediate response to questions/queries
– can see each other watch body language etc.
– easier to have several participants (would be difficult using instant messaging if
several people involved)
– would take a long time typing out each question

(ii) Any one from:

– need for expensive equipment/high set up costs
– sometimes synchronisation problems make it difficult for delegates
– need to train people to use the new technology
– greater use of bandwidth [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 5

(d) Any one from:

276
Mark Scheme: Teacher version .
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

– faster communications now widely available

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– safety reasons, e.g. increase in terrorist attacks on international flights

– reduced transportation/accommodation/hardware costs
– environmental issues, e.g. reduced carbon footprint
– increase in multinational working [1]

7 (i)
number count temp total neg OUTPUT
7
1 0 0
2 –5 1
3 0 2
4 5
5 –4 3
6 0 4
7 10
8 –2 5
0, 5

< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - >< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - ->< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - ->

(ii)
number count temp total neg OUTPUT
6
1 0 0
2 21 21
3 20 41
4 30 71
5 19
6 21 92
7 15
92, 0

< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - >< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - ->< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - -> [6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
Page 6

Any three from:

277
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

– gather information from experts

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– design the knowledge base

– create/enter data into the knowledge base
– design/create the inference engine
– design/create the rules base
– develop the input interface/interrogation technique
– test system fully with known outcomes
– create structure to relate each item in the knowledge base
– design method of displaying results
– expert system shell [3]

9 (a) (i) = B2/C2 [1]

(ii) = AVERAGE(D2:D7) OR
= SUM(D2:D7)/6 OR
= (D2 + D3 + D4 + D5 + D6 + D7)/6 [1]

(iii) = MAX(D2:D7) [1]

(b) D7, D8, D9 [2]

(c) = (C7/B7) * 100 [2]

10 (a) Any two from:

– available to those who don’t have an Internet connection
– many people prefer the human contact
– often better talking to a human/can develop query
– faster response to a question once connected
– easier to resolve more complex problems (can take user through steps to solution to
problem) [2]

(b) Any two from:

– no need to wait in a queue
– no problem with language/dialect/accent/culture differences
– open 24-7/can leave question on website any time
– customer can save/print solution for later referral
– multimedia services available (e.g. ‘How to’ videos) [2]

(c) Any two from:

– job losses
– de-skilling
– need to (re-)train
– more jobs for technical staff
– possible job sharing/flexi-hours/working from home [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 7
278
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

11 (a) (i) Any one from:

– unit of data/memory
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– 8 bits
– used to represent a character [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– 230 bytes
– 1 073 741 824 bytes
– 1 048 576 kilobytes
– 1024 megabytes [1]

(b) Any two from:

Flash memory
– magnetic media/solid state memory
– no formatting issues
– plugs directly into the USB port
– direct transfer of data

CD-RW
– optical media
– slower access speed/flash memory has faster access speed
– requires a separate drive
– data needs to be burnt/finalised/finished (before being used on another device) [2]

12 (a) Only answers:

– temperature (sensor)
– oxygen (sensor) [2]

(b) Any four from:

– information from the sensors sent to microprocessor
– the ADC converts the analogue data into digital form
– if temperature < 25ºC OR temperature checked against stored value
– ...microprocessor sends signal to heater/actuator/valve...
– ...to switch on heater
– if oxygen level < 20 ppm OR oxygen level checked against stored value
– ...to open valve/oxygen supply
– use of DAC between microprocessor and devices
– sounds an alarm if system unable to respond
– continuously monitors sensor inputs
– any reference to feedback [4]

(c) Any one from:

– unsafe limit stored in memory
– warning sound/signal if too high a value reached
– fail safe switch off in case of a malfunction [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8

13 (a) Any four from:

279
Mark Scheme: Teacher version .
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

– satellites transmit signals to onboard computers

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– computers receive/interpret these signals

– system depends on very accurate timing/use of atomic clocks
– each satellite transmits data indicating location and time
– computer in aeroplane calculates location based on at least three satellites
– at least 24 satellites in operation at any one time
– position accurate to within one metre
– can also calculate altitude of aeroplane
– ref to “triangulation”:

satellite 1
exact
location
of
satellite 2 aeroplane

satellite 3
[4]

(b) Any two from:

– safer as known location is exact/more accurate
– reduces possibility of pilot error
– allows accurate estimation of arrival time
– display and guide pilot to nearest airport in case of emergency [2]

14 (a) 1 mark for each correct logic gate:

P NOT

AND

R NOT
OR
X

AND

T NOT

[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9

(b)
P R
280
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

T
Syllabus
7010

X
Paper
11

0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
] 1 mk

]
0 1 0 1
1 mk
0 1 1 0
1 0 0
]
0
1 mk
1 0 1 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0 ] 1 mk

[4]

15 (a) 1 mark for the correct working in BOTH parts

1 mark for valid
1 mark for not valid

(i) working
= (4 × 6) + (2 × 5) + (1 × 4) + (9 × 3) + (2 × 2) + (3 × 1)
= 24 + 10 + 4 + 27 + 4 + 3
= 72 ÷ 11
= 6 remainder 6
valid/not valid: NOT valid

(ii) working
= (8 × 6) + (2 × 5) + (0 × 4) + (1 × 3) + (5 × 2) + (6 × 1)
= 48 + 10 + 0 + 3 + 10 + 6
= 77 ÷ 11
= 7 remainder 0
valid/not valid: VALID [3]

(b) 1 mark for correct working + 1 mark for check digit

working
= (5 × 6) + (0 × 5) + (2 × 4) + (4 × 3) + (1 × 2)
= 30 + 0 + 8 + 12 + 2
= 52
need to add 3 to make the total 55 (i.e. exactly divisible by 11)

check digit: 3 [2]

(c) 2 digits transposed

(e.g. 280419 becomes 280149/ two digits have been switched)
incorrect digit
(e.g. 280419 becomes 250419/ one of the digits has been mistyped) [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10

16 (a) Any two from:

281
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

– lock the room/computer

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– use/prevent use of removable storage media

– passwords and/or ids (to get into the system)
– log off when computer not attended
– encrypt data [2]

(b) 1 mark for each risk + 1 mark for associated protection method.

risk: virus
protection: use ant-virus software

risk: hacking
protection: passwords/ids
firewalls

risk: use of wifi systems

protection: passwords/ids
firewalls

risk: phishing:
protection: don’t open websites from “unknown” emails
anti-phishing software

risk: pharming:
protection: check certification of website under properties
check spelling of websites
use a well respected ISP [4]

[1]

(ii) Any one from:

– if one station/cable fails, others are not affected
– easier to identify faults when using star topologies
– it is easier to expand this type of network
– performance doesn’t deteriorate under load [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 11

(d) Any two from:

282
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– processor should consume as little power as possible (thus prolonging the battery life)
– processor should run as cool as possible (minimising problems associated with heat
dissipation)
– no fans needed to cool processor (thus reducing the load on the internal battery) [2]

17 (a) marking points:

the way to find and print the largest value a 1 mark
the way to find and print the largest value b 1 mark
the way to find and print the largest value c 1 mark

sample algorithm:
input a, b, c
if a > b and a > c then print a (1 mark)
else if b > c then print b (1 mark)
else print c (1 mark) [3]

(b) marking points:

loop construct 1 mark
check if number is an integer 1 mark
counting the number of integers input 1 mark
output count value (outside the loop) 1 mark

sample algorithm:
for x = 1 to 1000 (1 mark)
input number
difference = INT(number) – number (1 mark)
if difference = 0 then total = total + 1 (1 mark)
next x
print total (1 mark)
(NOTE: alternative to lines 3 and 4:
if INT(number) = number then total = total + 1 (2 marks) ) [4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.283

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*7462525026*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/13

Paper 1 October/November 2011
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB11 11_7010_13/FP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1

1
. 284

(a) Give two benefits of networking a set of computers. For

Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) A college decides to use network computers with wireless capability.

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using wireless systems.

Advantage:

Disadvantage:

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
2
.285

The following table shows three applications which require specialist output devices.

For each application, suggest one possible output device and give a reason for your
For
Examiner's
Use

choice.

Application Output device Reason for choice of device

A visually impaired
person using a word
processor

Using CAD to design

a new engine

Monitoring a house
for burglars

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
. 286

A user wishes to use a word processing application. They can either use a command line
interface (CLI) or a graphical user interface (GUI) to open this application.
For
Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe how both methods could be used to select the application including any input
hardware needed.

(i) CLI

(ii) GUI

[4]

(b) (i) What is meant by automatic data capture?

(ii) Name a device used in automatic data capture and describe an application that
uses it.

Device:

Application:

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4

Five computer terms are shown on the right.

. 287

Five definitions and descriptions are shown below on the left hand side. For
Examiner's
Use

Match the definitions/descriptions on the left to the correct term on the right by drawing
connecting arrows.

check if students’ ages are

verification
in the range 11 to 18

computer generated
operation of a chemical validation
process

software that looks for

information based on certain simulation
key words

system where all the data

are collected first before search engine
being processed in one go

typing in a password twice

batch processing
to ensure it is correct

[5]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6 (a) What is meant by the term web browser?
. 288

For
Examiner's
Use

[1]

(b) Rock-ICT has set up a website as shown below:

ROCK – ICT
Home Sales Basket Checkout Payment
(ii)

(i) credit card

Choose your payment method:
debit card

click here to go to CD website

(iii)

Give the names of the three parts that have been labelled:

(i)

(ii)

(iii) [3]

[1]

(d) Hacking is one security issue associated with the Internet and emails.
State two other security issues.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
input.
.289

The following flowchart inputs the size of a number of car engines; a value of -1 stops the For
Examiner's
Use

The following information is output: average engine size and number of engines with size
> 1.5.

START

engine = 0: count = 0: number = 0

INPUT
size

is size Yes OUTPUT

average = engine/number
= –1 ? average, count

STOP
is size Yes
count = count + 1
> 1.5 ?

number = number + 1

engine = engine + size

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 290

Complete the trace table for the following input data:

1.8, 2.0, 1.0, 1.3, 1.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.3, 1.8, 1.3, -1
For
Examiner's
Use

engine count number size average OUTPUT

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
. 291
0

Robots are being introduced into a factory which makes engines.

(a) Describe three ways this could affect the workers.

For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) One of the many advantages to management is the reduction in overall costs.

Give two reasons why using robots could reduce costs.

[2]

(c) Give two other advantages to the management of introducing robots.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9

A B C
. 292

A spreadsheet was set up to compare passenger costs for five airlines.

D E
For
Examiner's
Use

Distance Number of Total revenue Cost per

1 Flight id (km) passengers ($) passenger ($)
2 AA 151 3 000 240 60 000 250
3 AT 304 2 000 320 80 000 250
4 BR 106 1 500 150 45 000 300
5 CD 221 8 000 400 360 000 900
6 EX 115 6 000 280 140 000 500
7 Average cost:

(a) What formula must be in E2 to calculate the cost per passenger.

[1]

(b) Cell E7 is to contain the average passenger cost.

What formula would need to be placed in this cell?

[1]

(c) It was decided to add two new columns (F and G) to find out if the airline made a profit
or loss on each flight. The costs per flight are calculated by multiplying Distance (km)
by 1/10th of the Number of passengers.

(i) What formulas must be in column F?

F
Flight costs ($)
1

6
[2]

(ii) The formula = IF (F2 > D2, “Loss”, “Profit”) was added to cell G2. What would
be output?

[1]

(iii) What formula would be in G5 after replication down from G2?

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
gases out
. 293
2

10 A computer system is being used to monitor and control a chemical process. For
Examiner's
Use

temperature sensor

chemical
computer
process
heater
pressure sensor

valve

gases in

(a) Data are collected from sensors at regular intervals and compared with stored values.

(i) Describe how the computer uses this data when monitoring the chemical
process.

[1]

(ii) Describe how the computer uses this data when controlling the chemical process.

[1]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
process?
. 294
3

(b) What steps are necessary for the computer to control the temperature of the chemical For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

sensor 1:

application:

sensor 2:

application:

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(i.e. 6 pm is 18:00).
.295
4

11 A digital alarm clock is controlled by a microprocessor. It uses the 24-hour clock system For
Examiner's
Use

Each digit in a typical display is represented by a 4-digit binary code:

8 4 2 1
For example:
0 0 0 0 1st digit (0)

1 0 0 0 2nd digit (8)

is represented by:
0 0 1 1 3rd digit (3)
(clock display)
0 1 0 1 4th digit (5)

(a) What time is shown on the clock display if the 4-digit binary codes are:

8 4 2 1

0 0 0 1

0 1 1 0

0 1 0 0
(clock display)
1 0 0 1
[2]

(b) What would be stored in the 4-digit binary codes if the clock display time was:

8 4 2 1

1st digit

2nd digit

3rd digit

4th digit

[4]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
(c) The clock alarm has been set at 08:00.
. 296
5

Describe the actions of the microprocessor which enable the alarm to sound at 08:00.
For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
below.
. 297
6

12 A database has been set up to show details about countries. Part of the database is shown For
Examiner's
Use

Area
Country Population
Country Continent (millions Coastline Currency
code (millions)
sq km)
CH China Asia 9.6 1320 Yes yuan
IN India Asia 3.8 1150 Yes rupee
PO Poland Europe 0.3 39 Yes zloty
BO Bolivia America 1.1 9 No boliviano
TI Tibet Asia 1.2 2 No yuan
BR Brazil America 8.5 192 Yes real
RO Romania Europe 0.2 22 No leu
SA Saudi Arabia Asia 2.2 28 Yes riyal
ZA Zambia Africa 0.7 12 No kwacha

(a) How many fields are in each record?

[1]

(b) Using Country code only, what would be output if the following search condition was
used?

(Population (millions) > 1000) OR (Continent = “Asia”)

[2]

(c) Write down a search condition to find which countries have a land area less than 3
million square km and also have a coastline.

[2]

(d) If the database was sorted in descending order of population size, using
Country code only, what would be the order of countries in the database?

[2]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.298
7

13 The following flowchart shows how barcodes are used when a customer buys items from
the supermarket. Barcodes are used to find the prices and to carry out stock control.
Several stages are missing from the flowchart. These stages are shown in the item list
For
Examiner's
Use

below.

Insert the correct statements, using numbers only, to complete the flowchart.

START

scan in the next barcode

has has
No No
barcode been barcode been
found? found?

Yes Yes

Yes No

No Yes

Yes

No. List of statements

No 1 any more items to scan?
2 decrease stock level by 1
3 key in barcode number manually
4 print “error”
5 print out the order form
6 print out the itemised bill
7 get price and display item price
8 scan in coupons, loyalty cards, etc
9 has stock already been ordered?
10 is stock <= minimum stock level?
11 customer makes payment

STOP [5]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
detected. The inputs are:
. 299
8

14 An alarm, Y, sends a signal (Y = 1) when certain fault conditions in a chemical process are For
Examiner's
Use

Input Binary value Condition

1 acidity > 5
A
0 acidity <= 5
1 temperature >= 120UC
T
0 temperature < 120UC
1 stirrer bar ON
S
0 stirrer bar OFF

The alarm, Y, returns a value of 1 if:

either (i) temperature >= 120UC AND stirrer bar is OFF

or (ii) acidity > 5 AND temperature < 120UC

(a) Draw the logic circuit for the above system using these logic gates.

NOT AND OR

[5]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
A T
. 300
9

(b) Complete the truth table for this alarm system.

S Y
For
Examiner's
Use

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1
[4]

15 A student gave the following three computer definitions.

Give the name of the term being described in each case.

(i) “a signal from a device sent to a computer causing the CPU to stop its current
operation temporarily”

(ii) “an exchange of signals between two devices when communicating to ensure
synchronisation”

(iii) “a temporary memory to store data waiting to be sent to a device”

[3]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
recorded per day are weather type and temperature (e.g. CLOUDY, 25).
.301
0

16 The weather conditions in a town are being monitored over a year (365 days). The values For
Examiner's
Use

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:

• inputs the weather type and temperature for each day

• outputs the number of days that were CLOUDY, RAINING, SUNNY or FOGGY
• outputs the highest recorded temperature for the year
• outputs the lowest recorded temperature for the year

[6]

© UCLES 2011 7010/13/O/N/11

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.302

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

(a) Any two from:

303
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

– share resources (hardware and software)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

– easier communications are possible

– possible to work from any work station and access files/data
– central data source
– easier to control/monitor what users are doing
– easier to ‘globally’ protect against unauthorised access [2]

(b) Any one advantage and any one disadvantage from:

Advantages
– no trailing wires (therefore safer, less expensive since no cables)
– allows users to work anywhere (portability)
– can set up network in places where cable runs are not possible (e.g. outside, historic
buildings etc.)

Disadvantages
– limited range
– certain items (like filing cabinets) can block the signals
– possible to ‘tap’ into WiFi if it isn’t secure
– often slower data transfer rate than a wired system
– needs additional hardware
– number of access points need to match computers [2]

2 1 mark per point (max of 2 marks per application)

Application Output device Reason for choice of device

A disabled – speakers – allows blind people to hear output
person using a from word processors
word processor – Braille printers – blind people can read printed output
Using CAD to – plotter – accurate print out of large drawings
design a new – large monitor – allows easy editing of drawings
engine – 3D printer – produce working prototypes in resin
Monitoring a – buzzer – to warn of intruder’s presence in the
house for – light building
burglars – alarm
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
Page 3
304
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

(a) 1 mark for each description + 1 mark for each example of h/ware
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

CLI description
– user communicates by typing in commands (in response to a prompt)
– several commands are entered to carry out a task (such as loading software)

CLI h/ware
– keyboard
– keypad

GUI description
– user interacts with a computer using pictures and symbols (icons)/drop-down menu
– tasks are initiated by selecting the icon
– usually part of a windows/wimp environment

GUI h/ware
– pointing device (e.g. mouse)
– touch screen [4]

(b) (i) – saving/collecting data with no actual need for human interaction

(ii) 1 mark for named device + 1 mark for matching application: if device is wrong then no
application mark

Device Application
– barcode reader used in automatic stock control
– document scanner transferring printed documents into an electronic form for
storage on computer
– mag stripe reader electronic funds transfer/entry through ‘locks’
– microphone part of voice recognition – automatically picking up
sounds in burglar detection
– OCR/OMR/MICR transferring documents to computer, reading multiple
choice answers in a survey, reading cheques
– RFID tracking animals/people/items/vehicles
– retina scan/finger prints security systems
– video camera security surveillance
– correct sensor control applications
– data logger used to monitor a parameter in an experiment [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
Page 4
305
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

1 mark per correct match

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

check if student’s ages are in the verification

range 11 to 18

computer generated operation of a

validation
chemical process

software that looks for information

based on certain key words simulation

system where all the data is first

collected before being processed in search engine
one go

Typing in a password twice to batch processing

ensure it is correct

[5]

5 (a) user documentation:

– helps users learn how to use/operate the software

technical documentation
– designed to help programmers to make improvements to the system
– helps programmers to repair/maintain the system [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 5
306
Mark Scheme: Teacher version .
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

(b) 1 mark for 3 correct answers, 2 marks for 4 to 6 correct answers and 3 marks if all 7 answers
correct.

User Technical Both user and

Item documentation documentation technical
only only documentation

how to save a file √

program listing/coding √

hardware and software

requirements √

file structures √

list of variables √

how to load the software √

meaning of errors/error
messages √
[3]

6 (a) – program/software that allows a user to display web pages, web sites, etc.
NOT access the Internet [1]

(b) (i) webpage (part of)

(ii) radio button

(iii) hyperlink NOT link [3]

(c) reference to cookies or description of cookie [1]

(d) Any two from:

– phishing
– pharming
– viruses
– key logging or malware
– spyware [2]
Rationale: fishing and farming not acceptable

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
Page 6

engine count number

307
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

size average
Syllabus
7010

OUTPUT
Paper
13

0 0 0 1.8
1.8 1 1 2.0
3.8 2 2 1.0
4.8 3 1.3
6.1 4 1.0
7.1 3 5 2.5
9.6 6 2.0
11.6 4 7 1.3
12.9 5 8 1.8
14.7 9 1.3
16.0 10 (–1)
1.6

1.6, 5
(1mk) (1 mk) (1 mk) (1 mk) (1 mk) (1 mk) [6]

8 (a) Any three from:

– unemployment
– need to re-train
– cleaner/less noisy environment
– safer environment
– possible de-skilling
– less heavy lifting
– reskilling with description
– redeployment (could lead to new employment e.g. maintaining robots) [3]

(b) Any two from:

– less lighting/heating/air con costs since few people now in factory
– no need to pay wages/salary
– greater productivity (therefore lower unit cost)
– can work non-stop/24-7 (no breaks/holiday) [2]

(c) Any two from:

– more consistent product
– can work non-stop (no breaks, holidays, etc.)/24-7
– don’t go on strike
– can be used in a dangerous environment
– greater productivity [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
Page 7

(a) = D2/C2
308
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

[1]

(b) = AVERAGE(E2:E6) OR
= SUM(E2:E6)/5 OR
= (E2 + E3 + E4 + E5 + E6)/5 [1]

1 Flight costs ($)

2 = B2 * C2/10

3 = B3 * C3/10

4 = B4 * C4/10

5 = B5 * C5/10

6 = B6 * C6/10
[2]

(ii) Loss [1]

(iii) = IF (F5 > D5, “Loss”, “Profit”) [1]

10 (a) Any two from:

(i) monitoring
– decide if the temperature/pressure are out of range
– give a warning if out of range/doesn’t change the process parameters [1]

(ii) control
– send signal to open/close valve, switch on/off a heater etc.
– output affects the input [1]

(b) Any three from:

– data from temperature/pressure sensor…
– …changed into digital by ADC
– data is sent to computer
– data/input is compared to values in memory
– if temperature too low, signal sent to heater…
– if pressure too low, signal sent to valve…
– and heater turned on/valve opened
– use of DAC
– use of actuators
– monitoring/control system continues to loop indefinitely [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8
309
Mark Scheme: Teacher version.
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

sensor application
– light greenhouse environment
open/close automatic doors
– sound burglar alarm
listening for sounds in pipes etc.
– infra red burglar alarm
detecting people (e.g. entering a building)
– moisture greenhouse environment
check if clothes dry in a drier
– gas detection of gas leaks
– pH soil acidity in greenhouse
– smoke in buildings for fire detection
– motion sensor/accelerometer vibrations in machinery
– proximity parking cars

[4]

11 (a) 1 6 : 4 9
1 mk 1 mk [2]

(b) 0 0 0 1 1st digit

0 1 1 1 2nd digit
0 0 1 0 3rd digit
1 0 0 1 4th digit [4]

(c) Any two from:

– microprocessor compares present time with stored time
– if the values are the same
– sends signal to sound alarm [2]

12 (a) 7 [1]

(b) CH, IN, TI, SA [2]

(c) (Area (millions sq km) < 3) AND (Coastline = “Yes”)

< - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - ->< - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - >

(Coastline = “Yes”) AND (Area (millions sq km) < 3)

< - - - 1 mark - - - - >< - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - > [2]

(d) CH, IN, BR, PO, SA, RO, ZA, BO, TI [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
13
Page 9

START
310
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011
Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

scan in the next barcode

has bar No Has bar No

code been 3 code been
found? found?

Yes Yes

7/2 4
(1 mark)
(1 mark)

2/7

Yes No
10 9 5

No Yes (1 mark)
(1 mark)

Yes
1

8/11

11/8

6
(1 mark)

[5]
STOP

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10
311
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

14 (a) 1 mark for each logic gate:

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

A
AND

NOT
OR Y

T
AND

S NOT
[5]

(b)
A T S Y

]
0 0 0 0
1 mk
0 0 1 0

]
0 1 0 1
}
1 mk
0 1 1 0

]
1 0 0 1
1 mk
1 0 1 1
1

1
1

1
0

1
1

0
] 1 mk

[4]

15 (i) interrupt

(ii) handshaking

(iii) buffer [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 11

16 Marking points
312
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011

initialise variables 1 mark

Syllabus
7010
Paper
13

correct loop control 1 mark

input (in correct place) 1 mark
correct check on type of weather (if, case, etc.) 1 mark
adding number of days of each type of weather 1 mark
check for the highest temperature 1 mark
check for the lowest temperature 1 mark
output (all items in the correct place) 1 mark

Sample algorithm
c = 0: r = 0: s = 0: f = 0
high = 0 (or a negative number)
low = 1000 (1 mark)
for x = 1 to 365 (1 mark)
input weather, temp (1 mark)
if weather = “CLOUDY” then c = c + 1
else if weather = “RAINING” then r = r + 1 (2 marks)
else if weather = “SUNNY” then s = s + 1
else if weather = “FOGGY” then f = f + 1
endif
if temp > high then high = temp (1 mark)
if temp < low then low = temp (1 mark)
next x
print c, r, s, f, high, low (1 mark) [6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.313

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*9661836479*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 May/June 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 21 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB12 06_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
. 314

Video conferencing, Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and instant messaging are all used
as communication methods. Certain devices are essential to enable each of these
communication methods to be used.
For
Examiner's
Use

Tick () the appropriate cells in the table below to show which one or more devices are
essential for each method.

keyboard microphone speaker webcam

VoIP

video
conferencing
instant
messaging

[3]

2 Describe ways to guard against each of the following Internet security issues. (A different
method should be given in each case.)

viruses

hacking

spyware

phishing

tapping into wireless networks

[5]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3
.315

An airport is converting all its manual information systems to computerised systems.

(a) One stage in analysing the existing system is fact finding.

For
Examiner's
Use

State three methods of fact finding:

3 [3]

(b) Which of your named methods would be best suited to this application?
Give two reasons for your choice.

Method

Reason 1

Reason 2

[2]

4 Michael is preparing a multimedia presentation.

(a) What three features should he include in his presentation to make it more interesting?

3 [3]

(b) Give two reasons why a presentation would be better than just printing out and
distributing a newsletter.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
. 316

A floor turtle can use the following instructions. For

Examiner's
Use
Instruction Meaning

FORWARD x Move x cm forwards

LEFT t Turn left t degrees

RIGHT t Turn right t degrees

REPEAT n Repeat next set of instructions n times

ENDREPEAT Finish repeated instructions

PENUP Lift the pen

PENDOWN Lower the pen

Each square =
10 cm by 10 cm

45°
Each diagonal
line = 14 cm 45°

Start Finish

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
arrows.
. 317

Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape in the direction shown by the For
Examiner's
Use

PENDOWN

FORWARD 20

LEFT 90

[5]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6 Carefully study the following flowchart.
. 318

For
Examiner's
Use
START

C=1
L=0
N=0
S=0
T=0

INPUT A, B

Yes
Is A > B ? L=L+1 N=A–B

Yes
Is B > A ? S=S+1 N=B–A

N=0

T=T+N

C=C+1

No
Is C < = 10 ?

Yes OUTPUT L, S, T

STOP

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8, 4, 3, 1, 5, 8, 4, 2,
.
1, 3,
319

(a) Complete the trace table for the following data:

2, 2, 1, 2, 5, 5, 4, 0, 5, 4
For
Examiner's
Use

C L N S T A B

[6]

(b) What is the final output from the algorithm?

T= [2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7

• a virtual tour of the hotel

. 320

A large hotel has a website. The website offers the following facilities: For
Examiner's
Use

• an interactive map
• the ability to book rooms online

(a) Give two features you would expect to find in each facility.

virtual tour

interactive map

room booking online

[6]

(b) Describe one other feature you would expect to see on the hotel’s website.

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8
The data for one employee is shown below.
.321

A spreadsheet has been set up to record employees’ hotel expenses for one year. For
Examiner's
Use

A B C D E F G
Tariff Tariff No of No of
Sunday to Friday to nights nights Maximum
1
Thursday Saturday (Sunday to (Friday to Total allowance
Hotel ($) ($) Thursday) Saturday) cost ($) ($)
2 Grand 150 90 3 2 630 600
3 Station 200 120 2 1 520 800
4 Northern 90 60 5 0 450 360
5 Western 120 80 4 1 560 480
6 George 180 100 2 2 560 720
7 Quality 100 70 3 1 370 400

(a) What formula is in F2 to calculate the employee’s costs at the Grand Hotel?

[2]

(b) The maximum allowance is four times the Sunday to Thursday tariff.
What formula is in G2?

[1]

Describe how the spreadsheet could be used to do this.

[2]

(d) A macro was written to convert the tariff rate into different currencies. The exchange
rate was taken directly from a website.
What is the advantage of using a macro to do this?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
. 322
0

Vehicles passing over a bridge are detected automatically using sensors and a computer.

(a) What sensors could be used?

For
Examiner's
Use

[1]

(b) The graph below shows the number of vehicles counted during certain periods of the day.
This graph is produced automatically at the end of each day.

Bridge traffic on
1 March 2012
80
Number of vehicles

70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
12-6 6-9 9-12 12-4 4-12
Time period

A record is created each time a vehicle is detected. These records are processed to
generate the graph and for other purposes.

What data need to be stored in each record?

[2]

Method 1

Application 1

Method 2

Application 2

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
10 Jatinder uses Internet banking.
. 323

(a) Give one benefit and one drawback of using Internet banking.
For
Examiner's
Use

Benefit

Drawback

[2]

She uses a 5-digit PIN.

(b) Every time she logs on, she is asked to give 3 random digits from the PIN. She was
asked to give her 3rd, 1st and 4th digit. This changes every time she logs on.

Give a reason for this.

[1]

(c) A different application needs the whole PIN to be input.

The following code has been written to check the PIN:

c = 0
INPUT PIN
x = PIN
REPEAT
x = x/10
c = c + 1
UNTIL x < 1
IF c < 5
THEN
PRINT “error in PIN entered”
ELSE
PRINT “PIN OK”
ENDIF

(i) What value of c and what message would be output if the following PINs were
entered?

5 1 0 2 0 Value of c:

Message:

5120 Value of c:

Message: [2]

(ii) What type of validation check is being carried out here?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
advance.
.324
2

11 A simulation using a mathematical model is being used to forecast the weather one week in For
Examiner's
Use

(a) (i) State what data are gathered for this model.

(ii) Explain how the data are gathered for this model.

[2]

(b) (i) Describe how the simulation can predict the weather for the next seven days.

(ii) Describe in what format the predicted weather can be shown.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
gates:
. 325
4

12 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit, which is made up of NAND For
Examiner's
Use

A B X

0 0

0 1

1 0

1 1

[2]

(ii) What single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
A
. 326
5

(b) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit: For
Examiner's
Use
AND
B
OR X

C NOT

A B C X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1
[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.327
6

13 Andrew is sending a large document to a printer.

(a) State the name for the area of memory used to store temporarily the data being sent to
For
Examiner's
Use

the printer.

[1]

(b) The printer runs out of paper during the printing job. A signal is sent back to the
computer to temporarily stop its current task.

Name this type of signal.

[1]

Give two reasons why the computer might stop responding.

[2]

(d) Andrew ended up losing his electronic document.

How could that have been prevented?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
database is shown below.
. 328
7

14 A database was set up to show the properties of certain chemical elements. Part of the For
Examiner's
Use

Name of Element Atomic Atomic Melting Boiling State at

element Symbol Number Weight Point (C) Point (C) room temp
oxygen O 8 16 - 218 - 183 gas
iron Fe 26 56 1538 2861 solid
mercury Hg 80 201 - 38 356 liquid
bromine Br 35 80 -7 59 liquid
osmium Os 76 190 3033 5012 solid
caesium Cs 55 133 28 671 solid
gallium Ga 31 70 30 2204 solid
argon Ar 18 40 - 189 - 186 gas
silver Ag 47 108 961 2162 solid

(a) How many fields are in each record?

[1]

(b) The following search condition was entered:

(Melting Point (C) < 40) AND (Atomic Weight > 100)

Using Element Symbol only, which records would be output?

[2]

Write down the search condition to find out these elements.

[2]

(d) The data are to be sorted in descending order of Boiling Point (C).

Write down the new order of records using the Element Symbol only.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
15 A vending machine has the choices shown below.

10 tea 11 with milk

.329
8

12 with sugar 13
with milk and
For
Examiner's
Use

sugar
with milk and
20 coffee 21 with milk 22 with sugar 23
sugar
with extra milk
30 hot chocolate 31 extra milk 32 extra sugar 33
and extra sugar

40 cold water 41 hot water 42 fizzy water

50 coke 51 orange 52 lemon

60 chicken soup 61 tomato soup

A customer uses a keypad to make their choice. Each number entered is represented in a
6-bit binary register.

For example, key press 33 (hot chocolate with extra milk and extra sugar) is represented
by:

1 0 0 0 0 1
32 16 8 4 2 1

(a) (i) If a customer chooses coffee with milk and sugar what is the key press?

(ii) How is it represented in the 6-bit register?

32 16 8 4 2 1
[2]

(b) If the 6-bit register shows

1 0 1 0 0 1

what drink has the customer chosen?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
selection.
.
330
9

What could have caused this error message?

[1]

(d) It was decided to split the register so that each digit was represented by its own 3-bit
register:

For example, 4 2 would now be represented as:

1 0 0 0 1 0
4 2 1 4 2 1

(i) What drink has been chosen if the 3-bit registers contain:

1 1 0 0 0 0
4 2 1 4 2 1

[1]

(ii) How would the lemon option be shown on both types of register?

4 2 1 4 2 1

32 16 8 4 2 1
[2]

(iii) What is the advantage of using two 3-bit registers rather than one 6-bit register?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 331
0

16 A car park uses sensors and a microprocessor to monitor cars leaving and entering.
The car park is open 24 hours every day. The parking fee is $10 per day.
For
Examiner's
Use

The following flowchart shows how the IN and OUT barriers are controlled. Some of the
statements are missing.

Using item numbers only, insert the correct item numbers into the flowchart from the item
list.

START

read the IN
sensor

any signal No
received from read the OUT
sensor
IN sensor?

Yes
No

Yes

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Item Number
. 332

List of statements

Description
For
Examiner's
Use

1 activate motor to raise IN barrier

2 activate motor to raise OUT barrier

3 any signal received from OUT sensor?

4 decrease number of cars in car park by 1

5 increase number of cars in car park by 1

6 is car park full?

7 is the car park fee paid?

8 OUTPUT “car park full”

9 OUTPUT “please pay car park fee at pay machine”

10 use ADC to convert IN sensor signal to digital

11 use ADC to convert OUT sensor signal to digital

12 use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate IN barrier

13 use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate OUT barrier

14 wait 30 seconds and then close barrier

[6]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
•
.333
2

17 Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which:

inputs the population and land area for 500 countries,

For
Examiner's
Use

• calculates the population density (i.e. population/land area) for every country,
• outputs the largest and smallest population density,
• outputs the average population for all 500 countries.

[6]

© UCLES 2012 7010/11/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.334

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2 .
335
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

1 mark per correct row.

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

keyboard microphone speaker webcam

VoIP

video
conferencing

instant
messaging

Correct Answer Only [3]

2 viruses e.g.
– use anti-virus software // regular virus scans
– don’t open/use disks // don’t open email attachments from unknown sources

Hacking e.g.
– passwords / user IDs
– firewalls

Spyware e.g.
– anti-spyware software
– delete cookies at end of session

Phishing e.g.
– don’t open emails from unknown sources
– don’t divulge personal information via email / unsecure website
– ensure that the site viewed has a valid security certificate (SSL)

tapping into wireless networks e.g.

– secured wifi network (protected by passwords)
– encryption / WEP
– no broadcast of network ID [5]

3 (a) Any three from:

– questionnaires
– interviews
– observation
– looking at existing paperwork [3]

(b) 0 marks for name, 2 marks for reasons which MUST tie up with name

Questionnaires / interviews
– possible to obtain information direct from customers
– possible to obtain information direct from staff
– customers/staff can take questionnaires away to answer in own time
– interviews allow first hand information to be gathered/questions -asked can be tailored to
the individual

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 3 .
336
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

Observation / existing paperwork

– sees first hand airport operations
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– doesn’t rely on opinions of customers/staff

– helps determine what hardware is needed
– helps to determine memory size/storage devices [2]

4 (a) Any three from:

– sound
– animations
– video
– links to Internet websites
– slide transitions
– use of colours [3]

(b) Any two from:

– less expensive because e.g. no paper/ink required
– can be interactive (chance to ask questions)
– can explain things better because e.g. addition of animation/video
– newsletters tend to be thrown away without reading/need distributing [2]

5 pendown
forward 20
left 90
------------
forward 10
right 90 (1 mark)
forward 20
------------
right 90
forward 40
right 90 (1 mark)
forward 20
right 90
------------
forward 10
right 45 (1 mark)
forward 14
------------
repeat 3 or left 90
left 90 or forward 14
forward 14 or left 90
endrepeat or forward 14 (1 mark)
left 90
forward 14
------------
right 135
forward 20 (1 mark)
(PENUP) [5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
Page 4

(a)
337
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

C L N S T A B

1 0 0 0 0 8 4

2 1 4 4 3 1

3 2 2 6 5 8

4 3 1 9 4 2

5 3 2 11 1 3

6 2 2 13 2 2

7 0 13 1 2

8 1 3 14 5 5

9 0 14 4 0

10 4 4 18 5 4

11 5 1 19

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark < - - - - 1 mark - - - - >

[6]

(b) L = 5 }
} 1 mark
S=3 }
T = 19 } 1 mark [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
Page 5

(a) virtual tour

Any two from:
338
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– hot spots to move from room to room

– ability to zoom in and out of rooms
– ability to rotate around the room (panning)
– voiceovers

interactive map
Any two from:
– how to get to hotel from some starting point on the map
– use of satellite photos and map superimposed
– zoom in/zoom out
– move north, south, east and west
– use of “pin head” to show location of hotel
– hotspots with information on that area
– how to get from one part of the hotel to another

room booking online

Any two from:
– calendar function// room availability for given dates
– type of room
– number of guests
– price per room
– hotel facilities e.g. breakfast/full board/half board
– special requirements
– special offers
– payment [6]

(b) Any one from:

– safe credit card payment facility
– hyperlinks to other web pages/websites
– local weather forecast [1]

8 (a) = (D2 * B2) + (E2 * C2)

1 mark 1 mark [2]

(b) = B2 * 4 [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 6

(c) Any two from:

.
339
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

– use (=) IF(F2 > G2, “exceeded”, “within range”)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– replicate formula down to row 7

OR
– F2-G2
– if result is positive …

OR
– draw graph of data in columns F and G
– compare values on graph to determine if exceeded

OR
– drawing line of unit gradient (on a scatter graph of total cost versus maximum allowance)
– compare values on graph to determine if exceeded [2]

(d) Any one from:

– automatic calculation
– no need to create formula (etc.) every time on the spreadsheet
– can be assigned to a keyboard shortcut and launched [1]

9 (a) Any one from:

– infra red sensor
– pressure sensor/induction loop
– radar [1]

(b) – time of day

– date [2]

(c) 1 mark for name + 1 mark for correct application

– barcode e.g. – stock taking in supermarket
– getting prices at POS
– library system
– tracking systems (e.g. parcels)
– RFID e.g. – identifying/tracking individual items (livestock, vehicles, people)
– biometrics e.g. – finger printing, face images, etc. as security systems
– magnetic stripe e.g. – security cards (e.g. hotel room keys)
– credit/debit cards/ATMs/banking
– loyalty cards
– OCR/OMR e.g. – scanning in documents/photos/exam papers
– microphones e.g. – interface (input) to a computer (used by disabled people) [4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 7
340
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

10 (a) Any one benefit and one drawback from:

benefit:
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– can bank at any time 24/7

– save money on travelling
– save time not travelling to bank
– can bank from anywhere
– can do transactions/look after account

drawbacks:
– need computer equipment/internet
– fear of hacking , viruses, etc.
– lack of one to one with bank
– creation of “ghost towns”
– reduced socialising
– cause of redundancies
– possibility of mismanaging account
– lack of counter services (drawing out cash) [2]

(b) Any one from:

– stops hackers getting all of the PIN characters [1]

(c) (i) 51020: value of c: 5

message: PIN OK (1 mark)

5120: value of c: 4
message: ERROR (1 mark) [2]

(ii) length check [1]

11 (a) (i) what data is gathered:

Any one from:
– pressure
– temperature
– humidity
– wind speed/direction
– historic data [1]

(ii) how data is gathered:

Any one from:
– sensors
– satellites
– airline pilots send in information
– meteorological/weather balloons/station [1]

(b) (i) Any one from:

– information from sensors/satellites sent to computer
– data compared to stored information
– which contains known weather patterns
– predictions made based on these comparisons
– expert system [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8
341
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

(ii) Any one from:

– produces weather maps showing isobars, etc.
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– computer can show weather changes graphically/by animations [1]

12 (a) (i)

A B X

0
0

1
0

1
} 1 mark

}
1 0 1

1 1 1 1 mark

[2]

(ii) OR gate [1]

(b)
A B C X

}
0 0 0 1

0 0 1 0 1 mark

}
0 1 0 1

0 1 1 1 1 mark

1
0

0
0

1
1

0
} 1 mark

1
1

1
0

1
1

1
} 1 mark

[4]

13 (a) Any one from:

– buffer
– RAM [1]

(b) – interrupt [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9

(c) Any two from:

342
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

– hardware problem (e.g. head crash on disk drive)

. Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

– software “glitch”
– viruses
– disconnected printer cable
– automatic update in progress
– too many applications open [2]

(d) Any one from:

– backup the document
– enable automatic saving of work
– manually save document every 10 minutes
– save before printing [1]

14 (a) 7 [1]

(b) Hg, Cs
(1) (1) Correct Answer Only [2]

< - - - - - 1 mark - - - - -> < - - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - ->

(State at room temp = “solid”) AND (Atomic Number > 50)

< - - - - - - -1 mark - - - - - - - > < - - - - - - - - -1 mark - - - - - - - - >

Must use exact spelling [2]

(d) Os, Fe, Ga, Ag, Cs, Hg, Br, O, Ar [2]

15 (a) key press:

2 3

represented by:

0 1 0 1 1 1

[2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10

(b) drink chosen:

343
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

hot water/41
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

[1]

(c) Any one from:

– incorrect number typed/keyed in
– not one of the accepted codes used
– code not recognised
– machine malfunction (e.g. no cups) [1]

(d) (i) – chicken soup/60 [1]

(ii) 5 2

1 0 1 0 1 0

1 1 0 1 0 0

[2]

(iii) – gives an additional row of options

– now have 0 to 77 instead of only 0 to 63 [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
16
Page 11

START
344
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

read the IN
sensor

any signal No
received from
read the OUT
IN sensor? sensor

Yes
No
10 3
1 mark

Yes 1 mark
Yes
6 8
11
No

4”
5*

1 mark No
7 9
12*
1 mark
Yes

13”
1*
1 mark

1 mark
2”

[6]
*Instead of 5, 12, 1 can have: “instead of 4, , 13, 2 can have:
12, 1, 5 13, , 2, 4
12, 5, 1 13, , 4, 2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 12

17 marking points
345
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
11

• Initialisation (smallest, largest, total) (could be first input)

• correct loop (also: repeat .... until n = 500, while n <> 500 do ....)
• input (inside a loop)
• calculate the density
• check on largest density + action taken
• check on smallest density + action taken
• find population total + calculate average population
• print values (outside loop + some evidence of processing taking place)

e.g.
smallest = 10000: largest = 0: total = 0 (1 mark)
for country = 1 to 500 (1 mark)
input population, area (1 mark)
density = population/area (1 mark)
if density > largest then largest = density (1 mark)
if density < smallest then smallest = density (1 mark)
total = total + population
next country (1 mark)
average = total/500
print largest, smallest, average (1 mark) [6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.346

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*7791387147*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 May/June 2012
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB12 06_7010_12/FP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 347

2 Both email and mobile phones can be used to send messages.

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using each method when compared to each
other.

(i) Email:

Advantage

Disadvantage

(ii) Mobile phones:

Advantage

Disadvantage

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3

State five potential security issues.

. 348

A computer system is to have wireless access (Wi-Fi) to the Internet. For

Examiner's
Use

[5]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
. 349

A list of four printers and four different applications which use printers is shown below.

(a) Using arrows, link each printer to the most appropriate application.
For
Examiner's
Use

Printing documents in a
factory environment which 3D printer
is dusty and damp

High quality printing of

30 000 colour booklets per Dot matrix printer
day

Producing prototypes in
Colour inkjet printer
resin of a new design

Producing a colour poster Colour laser printer

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
3D printer
. 350

(b) Give one feature of each printer which makes it appropriate for the application. For
Examiner's
Use

Dot matrix printer

Colour inkjet printer

Colour laser printer

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
program.
. 351

(a) Give three features you would expect to see in a typical Computer Aided Design (CAD) For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(b) Describe three specialist output devices which could be used with a CAD program
when developing a new product.

[3]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
systems.
. 352

Health risk 1

Health risk 2

Safety risk

[3]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6 Carefully study the following flowchart:
. 353

START
For
Examiner's
Use

M = 32
T=1
S=0
C=1

INPUT D

T=D*M

M = M/2 S=S+T

C=C+1

Yes

OUTPUT S

STOP

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1
. 354

(a) Complete the trace table for the following data: For
Examiner's
Use

M T S C D

[4]

(b) What process does this flowchart perform?

[1]

(c) Predict the output from the flowchart for an input of 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
7
. 355
0

An expert system is being developed to diagnose faults in electronic equipment. Each piece
of equipment is made up of the following components:
For
Examiner's
Use

• screen
• keypad (containing F1 to F9 keys)
• sound card and speakers
• RAM and ROM
• microphone

(a) The following series of questions were asked by the expert system. The responses by
the user are also shown:

Question Response

Is the screen operating? Yes

If the F2 key is pressed, does the screen go green? Yes

If the F1 key is pressed, can sound output be heard? No

(i) In which component is the fault likely to be?

[1]

(ii) What would the expert system do next to help diagnose the exact fault in the
component(s)?

[2]

(iii) What output would the expert system produce?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
typical expert system.
.
356

(b) An expert system has an input-output interface. State three other parts that make up a For
Examiner's
Use

3 [3]

(c) The electronic equipment contains RAM and ROM.

Give one use of each type of memory.

RAM

ROM

[2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
8

bmi =
. 357
2

Body mass index (bmi) is calculated using the following formula:

weight
For
Examiner's
Use

(height)2

Six people’s data are shown in the spreadsheet below:

A B C D E F
underweight,
weight height normal or
1 name bmi
(kg) (m) overweight
2 Theo 70.0 1.87 20.0
3 Sujatmi 63.6 2.03 15.4
4 Angela 72.4 1.70 25.1
5 Juan 110.0 1.90 30.5
6 Jatinder 76.4 1.65 28.1
7 Igor 70.5 1.98 18.0
8

(a) What formulas must be in column D to calculate each person’s bmi?

D
1 bmi

7
[2]

(b) Column E indicates whether the person is underweight, normal or overweight.

(i) The following formula was typed into E2:

= IF(D2<18.5, “underweight”, IF(D2>25, “overweight”, “normal”))

What output would appear in E2?

[1]

(ii) What formula needs to be placed in D8 to find the average (mean) bmi?

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 358
3

(iii) If the formula in E2 were replicated down to E8, what formula would appear in E8? For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(c) Column F was added to the spreadsheet to show each person’s ideal weight. This is
calculated using twenty times the square of a person’s height.

What formula needs to be placed in F2?

[1]

9 (a) Give a suitable application for each of the following data capture devices:

barcode reader

radio frequency identification (RFID) reader

magnetic stripe reader

[3]

(b) State two different validation checks and give an example of their use. Each example
should be different.

Check 1

Use

Check 2

Use

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
gates:
. 359
4

10 (a) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit, which is made up of NAND For
Examiner's
Use

B
X

A B C X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Gate 1:
. 360
5

(b) Name two other types of logic gate and complete their associated truth tables:

Gate 2:
For
Examiner's
Use

A B X A B X

0 0 0 0

0 1 0 1

1 0 1 0

1 1 1 1
[4]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
window
. 361
6

11 A room in a house is fitted with a computerised intruder alarm system: For

Examiner's
Use
= infra red sensors

= pressure sensors

door

(a) (i) Describe how the sensors and computer would be used to detect intruders.

(ii) Describe how the system warns that an intruder has been detected.

[4]

(b) It is decided to automatically close door and window shutters if an intruder is detected.

What additional processing and hardware would be needed?

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 362
7

(d) What measures could be taken to stop or minimise the number of false alarms? For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

12 (a) John has bought a 4 Gbyte MP3 player.

(You may assume: 1 byte = 8 bits, 1 Mbyte = 1024 kbytes and 1Gbyte = 1024 Mbytes)

(i) We can assume that each song lasts 3 minutes and is recorded at 128 kbps
(kilobits per second).

How much memory is required per song?

[2]

(ii) Using your answer in (i), how many songs can be stored on John’s MP3 player?

[2]

(b) John also bought a device for recording television programmes. It allows him to record
a programme at the same time as he is watching an earlier recording.

Describe how such a system would work.

[3]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
13 Look at these two pieces of code:

A: CLC
. 363
8

B: FOR Loop = 1 TO 4
For
Examiner's
Use

LDX #0 INPUT Number1, Number2

loop: LDA A,X Sum = Number1 + Number2
ADC B,X PRINT Sum
STA C,X NEXT
INX
CPX #16
BNE loop

(a) Which of these pieces of code is written in a high-level language?

[1]

(b) Give one benefit of writing code in a high-level language.

[1]

(c) Give one benefit of writing code in a low-level language.

[1]

(d) High-level languages can be compiled or interpreted.

Give two differences between a compiler and an interpreter.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
. 364
9

14 A ship at sea uses Global Positioning System (GPS) technology to navigate.

(a) Describe how GPS technology is used to help the ship’s navigation.
For
Examiner's
Use

[4]

(b) Describe two benefits to the ship’s personnel through using GPS technology.

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
week are entered weekly into a computer.
.365
0

15 An estate agent advertises houses for sale. The customer enquiries for a 7-day working For
Examiner's
Use

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which:

• inputs the number of customer enquiries each day,

• inputs the house price each customer enquires about,
• outputs how many customers enquired each day about houses costing less than
$100 000,
• outputs the percentage of all enquiries made during the week about houses costing
more than $500 000.

[6]

© UCLES 2012 7010/12/M/J/12

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
.366

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper

for the guidance of teachers

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
1
Page 2

Any three from:

– fact finding
367
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– feasibility study
– analysis
– design
– testing
– documentation/technical documentation/user guide
– implementation/installation
– evaluation
– maintenance [3]

2 email
advantages (one from:)
– easier to send attachments
– easier/faster to type
– can format text
– cheaper to send an email

disadvantage (one from:)

– need to buy computer equipment
– computer equipment not as portable as mobile phone
– need a broadband connection/modem/Internet access
– need account for emails
– can send a virus

mobile phones
advantages (one from:)
– completely portable method/can be used on the move
– more people have mobile phones
– use of predictive texting
– cheaper to buy a phone

disadvantage (one from:)

– can’t send large documents/files/limited number of characters
– phone charges for sending messages are relatively high
– phone charges for sending messages overseas are high
– slow to key in messages/small keyboard
– often out of range of signal/poor signal
– smaller screens [4]

3 Any five from:

– viruses
– hacking
– cookies
– pharming
– phishing
– spyware
– tapping into unsecured wifi network/war driving
– shoulder surfing/over-the-shoulder observation of the Internet user’s credentials/user name
and password [5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
4
Page 3

(a)
368
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

Printing documents in a 3D printer

factory environment which is
dusty and damp

High quality printing of Dot matrix printer

30000 colour booklets
per day

Producing prototypes in Colour inkjet printer

resin of a new design

Producing a colour poster Colour laser printer

[4]

(b) 3D printer
– capable of producing solid objects
– cheaper than making a working model (by conventional methods)
– works with CAD

dot matrix printer

– can work in harsh environments
– (since in a factory,) noise levels are not important
– quality of printout not important
– robust printer

colour inkjet printer

– suited to low volume
– good/photographic quality printing

colour laser printer

– fast for volume printing [4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
5
Page 4

(a) Any three from:

– wire frame
369
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– 2D / 3D modelling
– library of parts which can be used in new drawings
– validation / verification of designs against original specification
– ability to link with computer-aided manufacture (CAM)
– facility to calculate the mass of the actual object once built
– facility to calculate the cost of producing the article
– features such as rotation, colour, zoom, etc.
– simulation of designs (without the need to build a prototype)
– create engineering drawings from solid models
– import and export to allow the exchange of data with other software packages
– kinematics (i.e. check moving parts in assemblies don’t interfere with each other)
– automatic routing of cables and hoses [3]

(b) Any three from:

– (very) large screens/monitors
– plotters to draw scale and full size drawings
– 3D printers
– CAM machinery/CNC lathe [3]

(c) Any two health risks and any one safety risk from:
health risks
– RSI from repeated/long continuous use of a keyboard/repeated clicking on a mouse
– back/neck ache from bad posture/incorrect chair position
– headaches caused by glare from monitors
– eye strain caused by glare from monitors/poor lighting
– dry eye caused by staring at screen without blinking
– respiratory problems etc. caused by ozone/toner particulates emitted from a laser printer

safety risks
– electrocution e.g. bare wires, drinks near computers, etc.
– trip hazards from trailing cables
– heavy equipment falling due to failure of inadequate desks, work stations etc.
– fires from short circuits/over-heating equipment [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
6
Page 5

(a)
M T
370

S
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

C D
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

32 1 0 1 1

16 32 32 2

8 0 32 3 0

4 8 40 4 1

2 4 44 5 1

1 0 44 6 0

1 45 7 1

(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark)

[4]

(b) converting binary number into equivalent base 10 number [1]

7 (a) (i) Any one from:

– sound card and/or speakers
– possibly F1 key is faulty [1]

(ii) Any two from:

– ask a further series of questions
– based on responses of the user
– reference to knowledge base/rules base/explanation system/inference engine [2]

(iii) Any one from:

– % probability of identified fault found
– advice on how to correct fault
– change the speakers/sound card/keypad [1]

(b) Any three from:

– knowledge base
– rules base
– inference engine
– expert system shell
– explanation system [3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 6

(c) RAM
371
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
.
– to store data/programs/parts of operating system in use
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– to store data that can be changed

ROM
– where operating system/bios is stored
– where data that starts up the system is stored [2]

8 (a) –1 mark for each different error

1 bmi

2 = B2/(C2*C2) OR = B2/C2^2

3 = B3/(C3*C3) OR = B3/C3^2

4 = B4/(C4*C4) OR = B4/C4^2

5 = B5/(C5*C5) OR = B5/C5^2

6 = B6/(C6*C6) OR = B6/C6^2

7 = B7/(C7*C7) OR = B7/C7^2
[2]

(b) (i) normal (correct spelling only) [1]

(ii) = SUM(D2:D7)/6 or
= AVERAGE(D2:D7) or
= (D2 + D3 + D4 + D5 + D6 + D7)/6 [1]

(iii) = IF(D8 < 18.5, “underweight”, IF(D8 > 25, “overweight”, “normal”))

< - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - > <- - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - > [2]

= 20 * C2 ^ 2 [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
9
Page 7

(a) barcode reader

372
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

e.g. (any reasonable application these are just examples)

Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– stock control
– library loans
– Point Of Sale system
– tracking systems
– itemised billing

RFID
e.g. (any reasonable application these are just examples)
– identifying/tracking individual items e.g. livestock, vehicles

magnetic stripe
e.g. (any reasonable application these are just examples)
– security cards (e.g. hotel room keys)
– credit/debit/smart cards/ATMs/banking
– loyalty cards [3]

(b) 1 mark for naming validation check + 1 mark for example of its use (the two must match up)

length check – check if an id number is exactly 8 characters long

range check – check if a person’s age is in the range 11 to 19
limit check – check if salary paid greater than 0
character/type – check if a telephone number contains digits only
consistency check – return flight date after outbound flight date
format check – check if a date is in the form dd/mm/yyyy
presence check – filling out a form online where a given field MUST have data entered
check digit – ISBN of a book [4]

10 (a)

A B C X

0 0 0 1
(1 mark)
0 0 1 1

0 1 0 0
(1 mark)
0 1 1 1

1 0 0 0
(1 mark)
1 0 1 0

1 1 0 0
(1 mark)
1 1 1 1
[4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 8
373
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012
Syllabus
7010

(b) 1 mark for correct logic gate + 1 mark for correct associated truth table.
Paper
12

Any two from:

– NOR, AND, OR, XOR (EOR)

A B NOR AND OR XOR

0 0 1 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 1 1

1 0 0 0 1 1

1 1 0 1 1 0
[4]

11 (a) (i) Any points from (maximum of 3 marks):

– signals/data supplied by sensors to the computer
– use of ADC
– computer compares data with pre-stored values
– if data beyond/greater than stored limit, intruder has been detected
– monitoring continues until re-set

(ii) Any points from (maximum of 2 marks):

– computer sends signal …
– … to set off siren/buzzer/light/alarm bell/sounds alarm
– use of a DAC
– automatically informs police/security company Maximum mark: [4]

(b) Any two points from:

– signal sent to …
– … motors
– … actuators [2]

(c) Any one point from:

– motion
– light
– sound
– temperature [1]

(d) Any two points from:

– store realistic values in memory/adjust sensitivity
– use 2 different sensors to monitor the same parameter (e.g. sound sensor and infra-red
sensor to monitor intruder)
– fully/regularly test system once installed
– increase fault tolerance by use of redundant sensors and computers [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 9
374
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

12 (a) (i) 3 minutes = 180 seconds

each song = 180 * 128 = 23 040 kbits
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

number of bytes = 23 040/8 = 2880 kbyte

= 2.8(125) Mbyte [2]

(ii) 4 Gbyte = 4 * 1024 = 4 096 Mbyte

therefore, number of songs = 4 096/2.8125 = 1456 songs [2]

(b) Any three points from:

– uses hard disk/disk pack (2 to 5 disks)
– each disk surface has a R/W head
– use of read and write buffers
– R/W operation is faster than general data transfer rate …
– … therefore simultaneous read/write operations can occur
– description of how a DVD-RAM works
– concentric tracks allow R/W at the same time
– fast R/W operation [3]

13 (a) code B [1]

(b) Any one from:

– no need to understand workings of a computer
– easier to understand for programmer/closer to English
– much easier to debug
– much easier to test
– one to many when writing commands
– not machine specific/portable [1]

(c) Any one from:

– can address memory addresses directly
– no need for compilers/interpreters
– shorter code/code requires less storage/RAM
– can (be written to) run faster [1]

(d) – compiler produces object code / interpreter doesn’t produce object code
– compiler translates whole program in one go / interpreter translates and executes line at
a time
– compiler produces list of all errors / interpreter produces error message each time an
error encountered
– compiler produces “stand alone code” / interpreter doesn’t produce “stand alone code”
– compilation process is slow but resultant code runs very quickly / interpreted code runs
slowly [2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 10
375
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

14 (a) Any four points from:

– satellites transmit signals (to sat nav computer in the ship)
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

– computer receives/interprets these signals

– system depends on very accurate timing/use of atomic clocks
– each satellite transmits data including location and time
– computer in ship calculates its position based on at least 3 satellites
– at least 24 satellites in operation at a given time
– position of ship is known within 1 metre
– refer to triangulation:

satellite 1
Exact
location
of ship
satellite 2

satellite 3
[4]

(b) Any two benefits from:

– safer (can avoid known risks, identify safe harbour etc.)
– more accurate navigation
– can still navigate at night even under full cloud cover etc.
– the ship automatically transmits location 24/7
– … if accident occurs, ship’s exact location is known
– estimate time of arrival [2]

(c) Any one from:

– output on LCD screen showing location in relation to known hazards etc.
– animation display (similar to a radar screen)
– verbal instructions [1]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
Page 11

15 sample program:
376
.
Mark Scheme: Teacher version
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012

total2 = 0: totalenquiries = 0
Syllabus
7010
Paper
12

(1 mark)
for day = 1 to 7 (1 mark)
input enquiries (1 mark)
total1 = 0 (1 mark)
totalenquiries = totalenquiries + enquiries
for i = 1 to enquiries
input cust enquiry (1 mark)
if cust enquiry < 100000 then total1 = total1 + 1 (1 mark)
if cust enquiry > 500000 then total2 = total2 + 1 (1 mark)
next i
print total1
next day
percent = (total2/totalenquiries) * 100 (1 mark)
print percent (1 mark)

marking points
• initialisation of weekly total (total2) and total enquiries outside first loop
• correct first loop (controlling the number of days i.e. 7)
• input number of enquiries + control of the central loop
• initialisation of daily total inside first loop (total1)
• correct input of customer enquiry (inside second loop)
• check how many enquiries < 100000 and increment total
• check how many enquiries > 500000 and increment total
• calculation of total enquiries and percentage enquiries
• BOTH outputs in the correct place [6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
377

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*0183246430*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 May/June 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB13 06_7010_11/FP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
378
2

1 Name a suitable sensor for each of the following applications. For

Choose a different sensor in each application. Examiner's
Use

(i) control of a central heating system

(ii) operation of automatic doors

(iii) detection of intruders

(iv) monitoring of a greenhouse environment

[4]

2 Name two different types of loop structure in a typical programming language.

Give an example of how ten numbers could be input using the named loop.

Name of type of loop structure

Example

Name of type of loop structure

Example

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
379
3

3 (a) Which of the following activities should always be regarded as security risks to For
computer systems? Examiner's
Use
Indicate by ticking () the Yes or No column.

Activity Yes No

chat rooms

pharming

virus

VoIP

[2]

(b) State what is meant by the five computer terms in the table.

chat rooms

pharming

virus

VoIP

[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
380
4

4 (a) Name the following types of network topologies: For

Examiner's
Use
(i) (ii)

[2]

(b) Give one benefit and one drawback of networking computers.

Benefit

Drawback

[2]

(c) Many networks are known as LAN or WAN.

Give one feature of each type of network.

LAN

WAN

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
381
5

5 Name a suitable hardware device to enable automatic data capture in each of the following For
applications. Each device must be different. Examiner's
Use

Application Hardware device

automatic stock control system in a

supermarket
keeping track of the livestock on a large
farm
input data into a computer using speech
recognition

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
382
6

6 Animation using computer systems involves many stages. The diagram below shows a For
number of descriptions and terms used in computer animation. Examiner's
Use

By drawing arrows, connect the correct description to the animation term.

generating intermediate frames between two

morphing
images to give the appearance of movement

special effect that changes one image into

another image (for example, the special effect rendering
of a person slowly turning into an animal)

generating a final completed 3D image from a

tweening
given 2D model by the use of software

very simple drawing made up of lines, circles

and dots used to depict a character (for key frames
example, a human being)

a variable controlling the position of part of an

animated character (for example, to control stick figure
the changes in a facial expression)

drawings that define the starting point and

end point of any smooth transition in avar
animation

[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
383
7

7 Which five computer terms are being described below? For

Examiner's
Use
(i) typing in the same data twice and the computer checks both sets of data to see if
they exactly match

(ii) signal sent from a printer requesting attention from the processor; this causes a
temporary break in the execution of whatever the processor is doing

(iii) exchange of signals between two devices to ensure synchronisation when

communication starts

(iv) temporary storage area in a printer that holds data waiting to be printed

(v) count of the number of bits before transmission which is sent with the transmission
so that the receiver can check to see whether the same number of bits have
arrived

[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
384
8

8 A company has set up a website to advertise and show houses for sale. For
Examiner's
Use
A customer can get access to an online interactive map and can also take a tour around the
house.

(a) Describe three features you would expect to see on an interactive map.

[3]

(b) (i) Name the type of computer technology that enables a tour of the house to take
place using a website.

[1]

(ii) What three features would you expect to see on the website which allows a
customer to take this tour?

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
385
9

9 An expert system has been set up to help diagnose faults in car engine management For
systems. Examiner's
Use

(a) One component is an interactive user interface.

Name three other components in a typical expert system.

[3]

(b) Identify two of the features you would expect to see in a typical interactive user
interface supplied with an expert system.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
386
10

10 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the logic circuit which is made up of NAND gates only. For
Examiner's
Use

Working space

A B X
0 0

0 1

1 0

1 1

[2]

(ii) What single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
387
11

(b) (i) Complete the truth table for the logic circuit. For
Examiner's
Use
A
AND

B AND X

OR
C

Working space

A B C X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

(ii) What could replace the whole logic circuit?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
388
12

11 Letters from the Greek alphabet are to be transferred to a computer system. Each letter can For
be represented on an 8 by 8 grid. Each column has a value from 1 to 128. Examiner's
Use

The value of each row is stored in a table. The values in the column headings are used to
work out the value for each row (e.g. in our example, row 8 has the value 64 + 32 + 4 + 2 =
102).

Thus, in the example below, the letter (π) is stored as:

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
row value
1 255
2 255
3 102
4 102
5 102
6 102
7 102
8 102

(a) What values would be stored in the table for the Greek character (Σ)?
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
row value
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[4]

(b) Draw the character formed from the following value table:
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
row value
1 146
2 146
3 84
4 84
5 56
6 16
7 16
8 16
[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
389
13

12 A database was set up to compare oil companies. A section of the database is shown For
below: Examiner's
Use

Name of No of No of Head Profits Share

Code
company employees countries office (billion $) price ($)
AR Arrows 60 000 30 Americas 8.0 39.00
GZ Gazjeti 35 000 4 Asia 5.0 44.50
KO Konoco 40 000 22 Americas 10.0 18.55
OS Oilbras 56 000 11 Americas 4.0 59.60
SD Sand Oil 102 000 51 Europe 12.0 15.30
SN Southern Oil 50 000 15 Americas 11.0 10.90
ST Static Oil 80 000 31 Americas 10.0 52.05
SU Summation 70 000 40 Europe 9.0 30.40
WP Wasp Petrol 90 000 44 Europe 15.0 92.80

(a) How many fields are there in each record?

[1]

(b) The following search condition was entered:

(No of countries < 30) AND (Head office = “Americas”)

Using Code only, which records would be output?

[2]

(c) What search condition is needed to find out which oil companies have a share price
less than $50 or whose profits were greater than 8 billion dollars?

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
390
14

13 A customer uses Internet banking. To gain access to their account they need: For
Examiner's
Use
• an 8-digit ID
• a 4-digit PIN
• a 10-character password

They will be asked to type in their ID, then 3 digits from their PIN and finally 3 characters
from their password. Three attempts at the ID are allowed, but only one attempt at the PIN
and at the password.

The flowchart on the next page shows the access process described above. However, most
of the stages have been omitted.

Complete the flowchart, using item number only, from the list of items given.

Item Item description

number

1 access to account allowed

are any characters in the password

2
incorrect?

3 are any digits in the ID incorrect?

4 are any digits in the PIN incorrect?

generate three random digits from

5
the PIN
generate three random characters
6
from the password
input the required three digits from
7
the PIN
is number of digits < 8
8
or number of digits > 8?

9 is X > 2?

10 output “access to account denied”

11 X=X+1

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
391
15

For
START Examiner's
Use

X=0

END INPUT
8-digit ID

Yes

INPUT
3 characters
from password

Yes No
END

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
392
16

14 An aeroplane uses three separate computer systems to monitor and control the flight For
process while in auto pilot mode. Examiner's
Use

(a) Explain the advantages of using three computers rather than just one.

[2]

(b) Sensors are used to measure air speed. The readings are sent to the three computers.

Describe how the sensors and computers are used to control the aeroplane’s speed in
auto pilot mode.

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
393
17

(i) How does GPS link with the computers to ensure the correct flight path (for
example, direction) is maintained?

[3]

(ii) Give one benefit and one drawback of using GPS.

benefit

drawback

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
394
18

15 A spreadsheet was set up to allow customers to work out their monthly payments when For
borrowing money from a bank. The customer inputs data in column B. Examiner's
Use

The spreadsheet is as follows:

A B C
1 Interest Calculator

2 INPUT PRICE OF GOODS 20 000

3 INPUT YOUR DEPOSIT 5 000
4 AMOUNT OF MONEY TO BORROW 15 000
5 INPUT % INTEREST RATE 8.0 0.08
6 INPUT NUMBER OF YEARS 4
7 INTEREST TO PAY 4800
8 YOUR MONTHLY REPAYMENTS 412.50

(a) Cell C4 contains the amount of money to borrow.

What formula must be in cell C4?

= [1]

(b) Cell C5 contains the % interest rate as a decimal (for example, 8% shows as 0.08).

What formula must be in cell C5?

= [1]

(c) Cell C7 contains interest to pay which is found from

amount of money borrowed × interest rate as a decimal × number of years.

What formula must be in cell C7?

= [1]

(d) Cell C8 contains the monthly repayment which is found from

sum of the amount borrowed and interest to pay

divided by total number of months.

What formula must be in cell C8?

= [2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
395
19

(e) Give two different validation checks you would use for inputs to cells: For
Examiner's
Use
B2

[2]

(f) Describe how you would test the spreadsheet to ensure it works correctly.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
396
20

16 A small shop uses barcodes which represent 5 digits. The last digit is used as a check digit. For
Examiner's
Use
For example:
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4

The check digit (e) is found by:

• multiplying the first and third digits (i.e. a and c) by 3

• multiplying the second and fourth digits (i.e. b and d) by 2
• adding these four results together to give a total
• dividing this total by 10
• remainder is check digit (e)

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which

• inputs 100 five-digit barcodes in the form a, b, c, d, e

• re-calculates the check digit for each number and checks whether the input check digit
(e) is correct
• outputs the number of barcodes which were entered correctly

[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/11/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
397

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
398
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

1 A different sensor is needed for each application

(i) central heating system

– temperature sensor

(ii) automatic doors

– pressure sensor/pad
– light sensor
– infra red sensor

(iii) detection of intruders

– pressure sensor/pad
– light sensor
– infra red sensor
– sound/acoustic sensor

(iv) greenhouse monitoring

– temperature sensor
– moisture/humidity sensor
– light sensor
– pH sensor
– CO2/O2 (levels) sensor [4]

2 1 mark for name of loop structure + 1 mark for correct loop structure including initialisation + 1
mark for correct input inside loop:

for (… to … next) loop

example: for x = 1 to 10
input number
next x

repeat (… until) loop

example: c = 0
repeat
input number
c=c+1
until c > 9 (or equivalent)

while (… endwhile/wend) loop

example: c = 0
while c <> 10 do
input number
c=c+1
endwhile

[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
399
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

(3) (a) 2 marks minus 1 for each error.

activity Yes No

chat rooms

pharming

virus

VoIP
[2]

(b) 1 mark per description

chat rooms
– place for online conversations
– use instant messaging
– to allow communications in real time
– users register and choose user name and password
– log onto enter chat room using user name and password
– list of people currently in room will be alerted as soon as new person enters room

cookies
– small files sent to user’s computer when visiting a website
– stores information about user which is accessed every time user visits that website
– lets website know who you are/past visitor

pharming
– malicious code installed on a user’s computer/web server
– misdirecting the user(s) to a bogus/fake fraudulent website
– can use domain name poisoning

virus
– programs that replicate themselves
– designed to disrupt computer system
– delete/alter/corrupt files

VoIP
– Voice over Internet Protocol
– system that allows user to talk to another user using the Internet
– can use USB phone or head set (microphone and headphones)
– requires fast broadband connection to work
– can also combine with webcam and instant messaging [5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
400
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

(4) (a) (i) ring [1]

(ii) star [1]

(b) 1 mark for benefit and 1 mark for drawback

benefit
– share resources such as hardware e.g. printer, software
– easier to monitor what users are doing
– easier communication between users

drawback
– greater risk of viruses
– greater security risk (such as hacking)
– expensive hardware such as servers, cabling, …
– needs management [2]

LAN
– used over a small geographic area (e.g. one building)
– doesn’t require external telecommunication

WAN
– used over remote/vast geographic area (e.g. continents)
– needs modem, external phone lines, microwaves… [2]

5 1 mark for each correct device

application hardware device

automatic stock control system in a

barcode reader/scanner/EFTPOS terminal
supermarket

keeping track of the live stock on a large barcode/RFID/microchip reader

farm

input data into a computer using speech microphone

recognition

[3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
401
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

6
generating intermediate
frames between two images
to give the appearance of morphing
movement

special effect that changes

one image into another
image (e.g. the special effect rendering
of a person slowly turning
into an alien)

generating a final completed

3D image from a given 2D tweening
model by the use of software

very simple drawing made

up of lines, circles and dots key frames
used to depict a character
(e.g. a human being)

variable controlling the stick figure

position of part of an
animated character (e.g.
control changes in a facial
expression)

drawings that define the

starting point and end point
of any smooth transition in avar
animation

[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
402
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

7 1 mark for each correct term.

(i) verification [1]

(ii) interrupt [1]

(iii) handshaking [1]

(iv) (printer) buffer, RAM [1]

(v) checksum [1]

(8) (a) Any three features from:

– road map and satellite views
– superimpose road map and satellite images
– ability to zoom in and zoom out
– arrow keys to move N, S, E and W
– detailed directions to get from customer’s home to the house
– ability to use street name, post code, zip code (etc.) in searches
– “pins” to show exact location of house on the map/hotspot
– local amenities e.g. post office, school etc.
– scale/conversion of miles to kilometres [3]

(b) (i) virtual reality [1]

(ii) Any three from:

– zoom in and out
– buttons to navigate between rooms/enter the tour
– arrow keys to rotate through 360º
– print out of rooms
– save houses visited as “favourites”
– choice of area within house to view [3]

(9) (a) Any three from:

– knowledge base
– inference engine
– rule(s) base
– (expert system) shell
– explanation system [3]

(b) Any two from:

– yes/no type of questions
– multiple choice questions
– explanations/examples [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
403
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

10 (a) (i)
A B X
0
0
0
1
1
0
} 1 mark

1
1
0
1
0
0
} 1 mark

[2]

(ii) NOR gate (allow follow through from part (i)) [1]

(b) (i)
A
0
B
0
C
0
X
0 } 1 mark

}
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0 1 mark
0 1 1
}
1
1 0 0 0 1 mark
1 0 1 1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
} 1 mark

[4]

(ii) input C only [1]

11 (a)

row value
1
2
255
192
} 1 mark

3
4
96
48
} 1 mark

5
6
96
192
} 1 mark

7
8
255
0
} 1 mark

[4]

(b) 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1

} 1 mark

} 1 mark
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
404
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

12 (a) 7 [1]

(b) KO, OS, SN

(–1 mark for each error) [2]

< - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - -> < - - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - - >

(Profits (billion $) > 8.0) OR (Share price ($) < 50.00)

< - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - > < - - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - - > [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
405
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

13 START

X=0

END INPUT 8-
digit id

1 mark
Yes
10 11
9 1 mark

Yes
8/3

Yes
3/8 1 mark

7 1 mark

Yes
4
No

6 1 mark

INPUT 3
characters from
password
1 mark

Yes No
2 1 END

[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
406
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

14 (a) Any two from:

– if all computers ‘agree’ system works automatically
– if one computer fails, there are still 2 working
– if one computer is faulty, use “majority output” to make decisions
– increases passenger confidence in the system [2]

(b) Any four points from:

– sensor readings are taken (continuously)
– these are converted to digital (using ADC)
– data/signals sent to the computer
– the computer compares the data received with stored values/computer interprets signals
– if outside acceptable range, computer sends signals
– signals converted to analogue (using DAC)
– fuel to engines is increased/decreased to control aeroplane speed
– if one computer gives a different signal, a warning message is sent [4]

(c) (i) Any three points from:

– satellite sends/broadcasts signals to earth
– GPS system uses satellite signals to calculate position of aeroplane
– …..data from at least three satellites needed to calculate this position
– satellites use atomic clocks to ensure very accurate timing
– each satellite transmits data giving its position and time
– computer compares calculated position supplied by GPS system with flight path …
– … if aeroplane off course, then computer sends signals …
– … and rudder settings are changed (using motors) to control direction
– if aeroplane is on course, no action is taken
– direction checking is carried out continuously [3]

(ii) 1 mark for benefit and 1 mark for drawback

benefit
– estimate time of arrival at destination/remaining flight time
– location of alternative airports in case of emergency
– more accurate flight path maintained
– more efficient fuel costs since fewer course corrections are made

drawback
– if weather is bad, GPS and computer won’t automatically “steer around the problem”
– loss of satellite signal could lead to wrong direction/decision making [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
407
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

15 (a) B2 – B3 [1]

(b) B5/100 or B5*1% [1]

(d) (C4 + C7) / (B6 * 12)

< 1 mark > < 1 mark > [2]

(e) B2
– check for negative numbers
– check for numbers only (character/type check)
– presence check
– range check

B5
– range check
– character/type check
– presence check

(validation checks must be DIFFERENT for each part of question) [2]

(f) Any two points from:

– input data with known results
– compare output with known results
– use data to check if validation rules work
– use of normal and abnormal and extreme data
– check deposit < price [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
408
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 11

16 marking points:
– set total of barcodes entered correctly to zero (initialisation, e.g. match = 0 below) 1 mark
– input 100 numbers (correct loop structure) 1 mark
– input 5 digits of the barcode (a, b, c, d and e) INSIDE a loop 1 mark
– find total value using barcode formula given 1 mark
– method for finding remainder 2 marks
(e.g. subtract 10 from total (1 mark) using a loop (1 mark) until total < 10)
– finding out how many correct barcodes were input 1 mark
– correct output (OUTSIDE loop – must have a loop to get mark) 1 mark

example of suitable coding:

match = 0
1 mark
for number = 1 to 100 1 mark
input a, b, c, d, e 1 mark
total = (a * 3) + (c * 3) + (b * 2) + (d * 2) 1 mark
repeat
total = total – 10 2 marks
until total < 10
if total = e then match = match + 1 1 mark
next number
print match 1 mark
[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
409

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*6932410883*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 May/June 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB13 06_7010_12/FP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
410
2

2 Four types of data storage media and four descriptions are shown in the table below.

Tick () the appropriate boxes in the table to match each data storage medium to its most
suitable description.

fixed hard
CD-ROM DVD-RAM memory stick
disk

storage medium where

data can only be read
and not altered
portable medium which
allows transfer of data
between computers
memory where operating
systems and applications
software are usually
stored
medium which allows
recording and playback
to occur at the same time

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
411
3

3 Three common devices are listed below: For

Examiner's
Use
• MP3 player
• digital camera
• mobile phone

(a) Choose one of the above devices.

Describe the type of internal memory the device uses.
Describe how data is transferred from the device to a computer.

Device

Type of internal memory used

Method of transferring data to a computer

[2]

(b) Modern mobile phones include a digital camera and an MP3 player.

(i) Give one disadvantage when compared to a dedicated MP3 player.

(ii) Give one disadvantage when compared to a dedicated digital camera.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
412
4

4 (a) Computer systems can introduce a number of health and safety issues in the office. For
Examiner's
Use
Five potential risks are shown below. Indicate by ticking the appropriate column
whether the risk is a health issue or a safety issue.

potential risk health issue safety issue

repetitive strain injury (RSI) caused by

excessive clicking of a mouse or typing
trailing wires connected to a computer
system
ozone gas and toner particles produced
during laser printer operation
headaches and eye strain caused by
glare from a computer monitor/screen
electrocution caused by spilling liquids
on a computer system

[5]

(b) Introduction of computer systems can also have an impact on the workers in the office.

Give three potential ways computers can affect the office workers.

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
413
5

5 Five definitions are given on the left hand side of the diagram below. Five computer terms For
are shown on the right. Examiner's
Use

By drawing arrows, connect each definition to the correct computer term.

website that allows virtual

communication; user joins a site and
chat room
invites friends who, in turn, invite their
own friends

technology that allows telephone calls

to be made using computer networks, social networking
such as the Internet

online “place” where a group of people

get together and discuss a number of tagging
topics

software that allows any user to freely

create and edit a web page using their VoIP
own web browser

marking, saving and archiving certain

websites or items (such as photos); for
wiki
example, it allows users to track and
organise favourite websites or photos

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
414
6

6 Five students made the following statements. For

Examiner's
Use
Explain why each statement is incorrect.

(a) “I always use CD-ROMs to save my data.”

[1]

(b) “The advantage of WiFi in the home is you don’t need the use of a telephone line
connection.”

[1]

(d) “Sending an email will cause a problem if the recipient is in another time zone where
the time difference is 12 hours.”

[1]

(e) “Video conferencing allows meetings to be called at any time.”

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
415
7

7 The speed at which a CD spins in a portable music CD player is controlled by sensors and For
a small microprocessor. Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe how the sensors and microprocessor are used to control the speed of the
spinning CD.

[4]

(b) Sudden movements can make the CD “skip”.

How can the microprocessor deal with this so that the CD operates correctly?

[2]

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
416
8

8 Expert Systems are made up of a number of components. For

Examiner's
Use
(a) The diagram below shows four of these components and four definitions.

By drawing arrows, link the four components to their correct definitions:

made up of a series of if … then

Inference Engine
statements called inference rules

provides reasoning mechanism in a

Knowledge Base
typical expert system

presents questions and information to a

user and allows them to input a Rules Base
response

collection of facts used to solve

User Interface
problems in an expert system

[3]

(b) Describe three of the limitations associated with using Expert Systems.

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
417
9

9 Thin film technology is becoming increasingly common. This uses material as thin as a For
sheet of paper but which acts just like an LCD monitor. A microprocessor is used to control Examiner's
Use
the device and solid state memories are used to supply the data.

(a) Describe two advantages of thin film technology.

[2]

(b) Describe two applications that could use thin film technology.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
418
10

10 A company uses an intranet which can also communicate with the outside world through For
the Internet. Examiner's
Use

(a) The system uses modems.

What is the purpose of a modem?

[1]

(b) Part of the company’s security strategy is to use a firewall.

Describe two features of a firewall.

[2]

(c) Connecting to the Internet can cause potential problems.

State two of these problems.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
419
11

11 A survey of motorways was carried out and a database was produced. A section of the For
database is shown below. Examiner's
Use

Motorway Length Toll charge Number of

Cars per day
ID (km) per km ($) lanes

M1 100 50 000 0.60 2

M2 210 75 000 0.40 3

M3 180 60 000 0.50 4

M4 40 20 000 0.30 3

M5 25 15 000 0.10 2

M6 100 40 000 0.70 4

M7 30 10 000 0.40 2

M8 150 60 000 0.60 4

(a) How many fields and how many records are shown?

(i) number of fields

(ii) number of records [2]

(b) Using Motorway ID only, what would be output if the following search condition was
used?

(Length (km) > 100) AND (Number of lanes > 3)

[1]

(c) What search condition is needed to find the motorways where the number of cars per
day exceeds 50 000 or the toll charge per kilometre is greater than $0.50?

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
420
12

12 Study the following flowchart very carefully. For

Examiner's
Use
START

INPUT A, B, C, D, E

K=0
X=0

K=A
No A=B
is A > B ?
B=K
X=1
Yes

K=B
No B=C
is B > C ?
C=K
X=1
Yes
X=0

K=C
No C=D
is C > D ?
D=K
X=1
Yes

K=D
No D=E
is D > E ?
E=K
X=1
Yes

Yes No
is X = 1 ? OUTPUT
A, B, C, D, E

END

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
421
13

(a) Complete the trace table for this flowchart using the following test data: For
Examiner's
Use
3, 5, 1, 4, 8

A B C D E K X

[5]

(b) What values are output from the flowchart using the above test data?

[1]

(c) What function is this flowchart carrying out?

[1]

(d) What would happen if the value of X wasn’t set to 0 in the return loop of the flowchart?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
422
14

13 A company requests new customers who register online to give the following details: For
Examiner's
Use
• name
• address
• type of credit/debit card
• payment card number

All details must be entered.

(a) (i) Describe one suitable different validation check for each field.

name

address

type of credit/debit card

payment card number

[4]

(ii) Which of the four fields could be offered as a drop down box?
Explain.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
423
15

(b) Other data required: For

Examiner's
Use
• date of birth
• male or female
• accept/decline company conditions

Describe suitable input methods for this data.

date of birth

male or female

accept/decline company conditions

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
424
16

14 Some decorative lights are made up from a cluster of red, blue, green, yellow and white For
LEDs. Examiner's
Use

Each colour is represented by a binary code:

32 16 8 4 2 1
1 0 0 0 0 0 red
0 1 0 0 0 0 blue
0 0 1 0 0 0 green
0 0 0 1 0 0 yellow
0 0 0 0 1 0 white
0 0 0 0 0 1 black (all lights off)

A 6-bit register, R1, stores the 1-values to represent a sequence of colours.

Thus, if R1 contains:

0 1 0 1 0 1

this means the blue, yellow and black colour sequence is stored and displayed in that
order.

The length of time each light is on is set by a binary value in another register, R2:

Thus

0 1 0

means each colour is on for 2 seconds.

(a) The two registers contain the following values.

What is the sequence of coloured lights and the timing for each colour?

R1 R2
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1

sequence of colours

timing

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
425
17

(b) What will the two registers contain if the coloured light sequence is red, green and For
black and the timing is 5 seconds? Examiner's
Use

R1 R2

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
426
18

15 (a) Draw the logic circuit represented by the logic statement: For
Examiner's
Use
X = 1 if (B is NOT 1 AND S is NOT 1) OR (P is NOT 1 AND S is 1)

S X

[6]

(b) Complete the truth table for the above logic statement.

Working space

B S P X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
427
19

16 A large word processor is being developed by first writing a series of modules. These are For
then put together to form the final word processor. Testing is done on each module and on Examiner's
Use
the final word processor. The following flowchart shows how this word processor is
developed. Several of the stages have been omitted.

Complete the flowchart, using item number only, from the list of items given.

START

WRITE the
module

Yes

ITEM LIST
Item Item
No
Number Description

1 any errors in the module?

2 any more modules to write and test?
Yes 3 combine all modules to form final
word processor

No 4 does final word processor give

expected results?
5 modify final word processor
6 modify the module
7 test module using data with known
outcomes
8 test final word processor using data
with known outcomes
9 write user documentation

Yes

END
[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
428
20

17 A country has four mobile phone network operators. Each mobile phone number has eight For
digits. The first three digits identify the network operator: Examiner's
Use

444 Yodafone
555 N2 network
666 Kofee mobile
777 Satsuma mobile

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which reads 50 000 eight-digit
mobile phone calls made during the day and outputs the number of calls made on each of
the four networks.

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/M/J/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
429

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
430
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

1 (a) Any two items from the list:

purpose of the system/program/software/package
program listing/coding
programming language used
flowcharts/algorithms/pseudocode
screen (input) formats/layouts
hardware requirements
software requirements
(minimum) memory requirements
known bugs
list of variables (and their meaning)/data dictionary
file structures
sample runs
output formats/layouts
validation rules
meaning of error messages
installation guide [2]

(b) Any two items from the list:

purpose of the system/program/software/package
how to log in/log out
how to load/run software
how to save/load files
how to do a search
how to sort data
how to print (out documents/files)
how to delete/add/amend records
screen (input) formats/layouts
output formats/layouts
hardware requirements
software requirements
sample runs
meaning of error messages
troubleshooting/help/FAQs
tutorials
installation guide [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
431
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

2 1 mark for each correctly identified use of data storage medium (column):

CD-ROM DVD-RAM fixed hard disk memory stick

storage medium
where data can
only be read
and not altered

portable
medium which
allows transfer
of data between
computers

memory where
operating
systems and
applications
software are
usually stored

medium which
allows recording
and playback to
occur at the
same time

[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
432
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

3 (a) 1 mark for type of memory used and 1 mark for data transfer method.

chosen device type of internal memory method of transferring data

– (NAND) flash memory – using USB (port/cable) in

MP3 player – solid state memory computer
– type of EEPROM – blue tooth/WiFi connection
– non-volatile memory – slot card into computer card
– SD card reader

– (NAND) flash memory – using USB (port/cable) in

digital camera – solid state memory computer
– type of EEPROM – blue tooth/WiFi connection
– non-volatile memory – slot card into computer card
– SD card or XD card reader

– (NAND) flash memory – using USB (port/cable) in

mobile phone – solid state memory computer
– type of EEPROM – blue tooth/WiFi connection
– non-volatile memory – slot card into computer card
– SD card reader

[2]

(b) (i) Any one disadvantage from:

– memory size in mobile phone is usually much smaller
– many MP3 features (e.g. shuffle) not available on the mobile phone
– track/song can be interrupted by an incoming call on a mobile phone [1]

(ii) Any one disadvantage from:

– poorer quality of image due to phone’s inferior camera lens/fewer pixels /lower
resolution
– stores fewer pictures
– fewer photographic options [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
433
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

4 (a) 1 mark for each correct health and safety risk identified:

health safety
potential risk issue issue

repetitive strain injury (RSI) caused by excessive

clicking of a mouse or typing

trailing wires connected to a computer system

ozone gas and toner particles produced during laser

printer operation

headaches and eye strain caused by glare from a

computer monitor/screen

electrocution risk caused by spilling liquids on a

computer system

[5]

(b) Any three from:

– loss of work/unemployment
– de-skilling of workers
– need for workers to re-train
– can work from home/remote working
– use of video conferencing rather than face to face meetings
– quieter environment in the office
– more use of “out sourcing” of work (workers become project managers)
– use of computer for non-work related activities (accept an example of this) [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
434
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

website that allows virtual

communication; user joins a chat room
site and invites friends who,
in turn, invite their own
friends

technology that allows

telephone calls to be made social networking
using computer networks,
such as the Internet

on line “place” where a group

of people get together and
tagging
discuss a number of topics

server software that allows

any user to freely create and VoIP
edit a web page using their
own web browser

marking, saving and

archiving certain web sites or wiki
items (such as photos); it
allows users to track and
organise favourite web sites
and, for example, photos

[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
435
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

6 (a) Any one from:

– not possible to save data on a CD-ROM
– CD-ROMs are read only
– data cannot be altered on a CD-ROM [1]

(b) Any one from:

– WiFi only connects devices together in the home/connects to router
– still need Internet external connection via telephone network/wires [1]

(c) Any one from:

– satellites send signals TO (the GPS system in) the car (sat nav)
– GPS device and NOT the satellite works out the cars’ location [1]

(d) Any one from:

– Messages left in the inbox/stored on server
– and then opens it/reads message at their leisure [1]

(e) Any one from:

– not true since time zones/differences prevent this
– meetings can be held at short notice (which is very different) [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
436
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

7 (a) Any four points from:

– (light) sensor sends data signals about spinning CD to microprocessor
– the signals/data are converted from analogue to digital (by an ADC)
– microprocessor uses data and “counts” number of CD revolutions per second/calculates
speed of revolution
– this calculated/received value is compared to the value stored in memory
– if the number of revolutions/speed is out of acceptable range microprocessor sends a
signal …
– … and the CD speed is increased/decreased accordingly
– an error message is also sent if the speed is out of range [4]

(b) Any two points from:

– sensors indicate sudden jolt/movement
– data from CD stored in a temporary memory/buffer
– there is a (2 to 4 second) delay in “real time” playback
– playback is suspended until device is stable again [2]

(c) Any one from:

– no moving parts e.g. no spinning CDs, solid state
– no “physical” media [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
437
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

8 (a)

made up of a series of if …
then statements called Inference Engine
inference rules

provides reasoning Knowledge Base

mechanism in a typical
expert system

presents questions and

information to a user and Rules Base
allows them to input a
response

collection of facts and rules User Interface

used to solve problems in an
expert system

[3]

(b) Any three from:

– lack human common sense
– cannot make creative responses in unusual/new circumstances
– can’t always explain clearly their logic and reasoning
– lack a degree of flexibility
– not able to recognize when no answer is actually available
– do not learn unless the knowledge base/expert system is updated
– only give percentage probability that answer could be correct [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
438
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

9 (a) Any two from:

– can put the film anywhere (e.g. stick on a curved wall)
– can fit to awkward shapes where rigid screen would be impossible
– can be any size required
– self-contained unit
– use less energy
– less physical space required [2]

(b) Any two from:

– advertising (e.g. in railway stations, airports, etc.)
– books/magazines/newspapers made out of the thin film
– art (i.e. moving pictures, light shows, etc.)
– any screen application e.g. TV, mobile phone etc. [2]

10 (a) Any one from:

– allows digital systems to use analogue phone networks
– convert analogue – digital – analogue
– digital signal converted from one form to another (for transmission) [1]

(b) Any two from:

– blocks unauthorized external users gaining access to the intranet
– blocks programs/software gaining access to Internet from intranet
– filters out certain websites to users of intranet when accessing the Internet
– aids/helps to prevent viruses
– packet inspection/traffic flow monitoring [2]

(c) Any two from:

– hacking
– viruses/malware
– security issues (pharming, phishing, spyware, etc.)
– access to undesirable web sites
– abuse of computer time by work force [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
439
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

11 (a) (i) 5 [1]

(ii) 8 [1]

(b) M3 and M8 only [1]

< - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - > < - - - - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - - - - ->

(Toll charge per km ($) > 0.50) OR (Cars per day > 50 000)

< - - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - - > < - - - - - - - (1 mark) - - - - - - ->

[2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
440
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

12 (a) a
A B C D E K X
3 5 1 4 8 0 0
5 3 3 1
4 1 1 1
8 1 1 1
0
4 3 3 1
8 3 3 1
0
8 4 4 1
0
8 5 5 1
0

< - - - - 1 mark - - - - >< 1 mark >< - - - - 1 mark - - - - > < 1 mark >< 1 mark >
[5]

(b) 8, 5, 4, 3, 1 [1]

(c) SORT/ORDER (descending) routine [1]

(d) – would continue looping round even when sorting complete

– loop would never end/infinite loop [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
441
Page 13 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

13 (a) (i) name: – character/type check

– presence check

address: – character/type check

– presence check
– use lookup file/database

type of card: – character/type check

– presence check
– consistency check
– format check

card number: – length check

– format check
– check digit
– range check
– character/type check
– presence check

(need different validation check for each item) [4]

(ii) – type of credit/debit card

– limited number of possible options [2]

(b) date of birth – drop down boxes of day, month and year
– use of input boxes:

– calendar object

male or female – radio buttons

– tick/check boxes
– drop down/combo box

accept/decline company conditions

– tick/check boxes
– radio buttons
– drop down/combo box [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
442
Page 14 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

14 (a) sequence of colours is: blue

green
white

time delay is: 7 seconds [2]

(b) 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
<- - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - -> <- - 1 mark - ->
[2]

(c) – sequence always starts from left to right

– so sequence would still be red, blue then green [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
443
Pa
age
e 15
5 Marrk Sc
Sche
eme S
Syllab
bus
s Pape
er
GC
GCE O LEVEL – Ma
May/June
e 20
013
3 7010
0 12

15
5 (a)
(

1 mar
m rk per corrrec
ct lo
ogic gat
g e

( cce
(Ac ept otther nota
n atio
on forr lo
ogic
c gates)) [6
6]

( )
(b)

B S P X
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1 }
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
}
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
}
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
}
[4
4]

© Ca
amb
bridge
e In
nterrnational Ex
xam
minations
s 20
013
3
M.Mushtaq 03215275281
444
Page 16 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

START

WRITE the
module

Yes
1 6 1 mark

No
1 mark

2
Yes
No

3
1 mark

8
1 mark

No
4 5

Yes

9 1 mark

END

[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
445
Page 17 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 7010 12

17 marking points:
– initialisation of all the variables 1 mark
– corrects loop (1 to 50 000) 1 mark
– input number (INSIDE a loop) 1 mark
– how to identify the first 3 digits in the input number 1 mark
– test which of the 4 networks number comes from 1 mark
– increment appropriate network total (INSIDE a loop) 1 mark
– addition of some form of error checking 1 mark
– output totals (OUTSIDE the loop) 1 mark

sample coding:

Y = 0: N = 0: K = 0: S = 0 1 mark
for count = 1 to 50 000 1 mark
input number 1 mark
X = number/100 000 000 1 mark
if X > 0.7 then S = S + 1 }
else if X > 0.6 then K = K + 1 } 2
else if X > 0.5 then N = N + 1 } marks
else if X > 0.4 then Y = Y + 1 }
else print “error in number” 1 mark
next count
print Y, N, K, S 1 mark
[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
446

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*9979711302*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 October/November 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB13 11_7010_12/FP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
447
2

1 Internet security is a major issue for many people. The following is a list of five typical For
security issues: Examiner's
Use

• hacking
• pharming
• phishing
• spyware
• viruses

Choose three of these security issues.

For each one, describe the security issue and suggest a way of protecting against it.

Security issue 1

Description of issue

Method of protection

Security issue 2

Description of issue

Method of protection

Security issue 3

Description of issue

Method of protection

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
448
3

2 (a) Mobile phones are communication devices. They allow communication via speech or For
text messaging. Examiner's
Use

(i) Most mobile phones offer predictive texting.

State what is meant by this term.

[1]

(ii) What two additional functions would you expect to find on a mobile phone?

[2]

(b) Connecting a USB telephone to a computer allows communication using VoIP

technology.

(i) Give one advantage of using VoIP rather than other telephone systems.

(ii) Give one disadvantage of using VoIP rather than other telephone systems.

(iii) To use VoIP, there is no need to use a USB telephone.

What other hardware could be used to allow verbal communications?

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
449
4

3 A motor car manufacturer offers various combinations of For

Examiner's
Use
• seat colours
• seat materials
• car paint colours

A database was set up to help customers choose which seat and paint combinations were
possible.

seat material car paint colours

code cloth leather seat white red black blue green silver grey
colour
CB Y N black Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
LB N Y black N Y N N N Y Y
CC Y N cream N Y Y Y N N N
LC N Y cream N Y Y Y N N Y
CG Y N grey N Y Y Y Y Y N
LG N Y grey N Y N Y N Y Y
CR Y N red Y N Y N N Y Y
LR N Y red Y N Y N N Y Y
CL Y N lime N N N Y N N N
LL N Y lime N N Y Y Y N N

(NOTE: N = no, not a possible combination, Y = yes, combination is possible)

(a) How many records are shown in the database?

[1]

(b) The following search condition was entered:

(cloth = “Y”) AND (blue = “Y”)

Using code only, which records will be found?

[2]

(c) A customer wanted to know the possible combinations for a car with leather seats and
either silver or grey paint colour.

What search condition would need to be input?

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
450
5

(d) A customer decided to buy a green car. He wanted to know which seat colours and For
seat materials were not a possible combination with green paint. Examiner's
Use

What search condition would he need to enter?

[1]

(e) Give one advantage of using the codes Y and N in the database rather than using Yes
and No.

[1]

4 (a) Seven hardware items are shown on the right hand side in the diagram below. Three
applications are shown on the left in the diagram.

By drawing arrows, link each application to the appropriate hardware items (each
hardware item must be used once only):

speakers

computer aided design (CAD) light pen

microphone

video conferencing spaceball

data goggles

virtual reality webcam

data gloves

[3]

(b) Name one additional item of hardware used in each of the three applications named in
the above diagram.

CAD

video conferencing

virtual reality [3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
451
6

5 Study the following flowchart very carefully. For

Examiner's
Use
START

count = 1

total = 0

INPUT
a, b, c, d

x=a*3+c*3

y=b*2+d*2

total = x + y

temp = total

temp = temp - 10

No is temp
< 10?
Yes

OUTPUT
temp

count = count + 1

Yes is count No
END
<= 2?

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
452
7

Complete the trace table for the following two sets of data: For
Examiner's
Use
(i) a = 5, b = 4, c = 1, d = 9

(ii) a = 5, b = 9, c = 4, d = 1

count total a b c d x y temp OUTPUT

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
453
8

6 A spreadsheet was set up to calculate values of v based on the formula: For

Examiner's
Use
v=u+a*t

A B C D
1 value of u value of a value of t result v
2 20 9.81 10
3 10 9.81 20
4 30 9.81 40
5 40 9.81 30
6 50 9.81 20
7 20 9.81 50
8

(a) A student typed in = (D2 + B2 * C2) into cell D2.

Why would this formula produce an error message?

[1]

(b) What is the correct formula that should be in cell D2?

= [1]

(d) What formula is required in cell D8 to find the highest value of v?

= [1]

(e) Column B has the same value throughout.

If column B was removed, what would be the new formula in D2?

= [1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
454
9

7 A company employs staff who frequently use computer systems. For

Examiner's
Use
(a) The health and safety of the staff when using computers is very important.

(i) It was discovered that two staff were suffering from RSI in the hands and wrists.

What could cause such problems?

How could this health risk be removed or reduced?

[2]

(ii) Three accidents had been caused by staff tripping over wires in the office.

How could this safety risk be removed?

[1]

(iii) Name another health and safety risk and describe what problem it might cause.

Name of risk

Description of problem

[2]

(b) Before the introduction of computers, the staff used to do all the office tasks (such as
filing) manually.

Describe two ways the introduction of computers might have affected the staff.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
455
10

8 A piece of pseudocode was written to input 1000 positive numbers and then output the For
highest and lowest numbers. Examiner's
Use

10 highest = 0
20 lowest = 0
30 for count = 1 to 100
40 input number
50 if number > highest then number = highest
60 if number < lowest then number = lowest
70 count = count + 1
80 next count
90 print highest, lowest

There are errors in the code.

Locate these errors and suggest a correction.

Error 1

Correction

Error 2

Correction

Error 3

Correction

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
456
11

For
Error 4 Examiner's
Use

Correction

[8]

9 Alex sends an email with a number of attachments to his friend, Nicola.

Describe three possible problems Nicola might have when she tries to open these
attachments.

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
457
12

10 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit which is made up of NOR For
gates only. Examiner's
Use

Working space

A B X
0 0

0 1

1 0

1 1

[2]

(ii) What single logic gate has the same function as the above circuit?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
458
13

(b) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit. For
Examiner's
Use
A
AND

B NOT
OR X

AND
C

Working space

A B C X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
459
14

11 A denary number can be represented as an 8-bit binary number. For example: For
Examiner's
Use
27 would be represented as:

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0

All the bits in the binary number have now been shifted (moved) one place to the left.

(a) What denary number does this now represent?

[1]

(b) What effect did the shift have on the original denary number?

[1]

(d) (i) Represent the denary number 46 as an 8-bit binary number.

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1

[1]

(ii) Shift this 8-bit binary number 2 places to the left.

What is the denary equivalent?

[1]

(iii) What problem would arise if you tried to shift this 8-bit binary number 3 places to
the left?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
460
15

(e) If any 8-bit binary number was shifted one place to the right, what would this be For
equivalent to? Examiner's
Use

[1]

12 A shop uses an information screen linked to a computer to allow customers to order goods
directly.

The first screen shows three options:

electrical goods

furniture

stationery

(a) What is the best input device to allow customers to choose one of the three options?

[1]

(b) The customer is then sent to another screen where they have to input:

• the goods reference number which is 8 digits long

• today’s date which must be in the form dd/mm/yyyy
• the customer’s telephone number

For each input give one validation check that should be performed.
A different type of check must be given in each case.

goods reference number

today’s date

telephone number [3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
461
16

13 A company advertises its Internet broadband speeds as follows: For

Examiner's
Use
• download speed of 128 megabits per second
• upload speed of 16 megabits per second (8 bits = 1 byte)

(a) Explain what is meant by the two terms download speed and upload speed.

download speed

upload speed

[2]

(b) Give two advantages of using broadband rather than dial-up.

[2]

(d) How many 4-megabyte files could be downloaded per second using this company’s
broadband?

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
462
17

14 An expert system has been developed to help diagnose faults in car engines. The software For
has been installed on a laptop computer. Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe two desirable features to look for in a laptop rather than a desktop computer.

[2]

(b) Part of the expert system is supplied on a memory stick. This needs to be plugged into
a USB port for the expert system to work.

Give one reason why this is done.

[1]

[2]

(d) Apart from the user interface, name three other components that make up a typical
expert system.

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
463
18

15 A library uses barcodes to identify borrowers and books. A borrower has a card containing For
a barcode with an equivalent numerical code. Each book also has a barcode with an Examiner's
Use
equivalent numerical code.

The flowchart on the facing page shows what happens when book(s) are taken out by a
borrower. However, several stages are missing.

Using item numbers only, complete the flowchart by selecting stages from the item list
below.

Item List

Item
Item Description
Number

1 any more books to scan?

2 has book’s barcode been recognised?

3 has book’s numeric code been recognised?

4 has borrower’s barcode been recognised?

5 has borrower’s numeric code been recognised?

6 input book’s numeric code manually

7 input borrower’s numeric code manually

8 scan in barcode shown in book

9 update borrower and book files

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
464
19

For
START Examiner's
Use

customer selects
book(s)

barcode on
borrower’s
card scanned

Yes
Yes

OUTPUT
error END
message

Yes
Yes

Yes

END

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
465
20

16 (a) A greenhouse is being monitored by a computer using 2 sensors. SENSOR1 measures For
the temperature and SENSOR2 measures oxygen levels. Examiner's
Use

If the temperature exceeds 45°C or oxygen levels fall below 0.19, then an error
message is output by the computer.

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which

• inputs both sensor readings

• checks the sensor input values and outputs a warning message if either are out of
range
• continues monitoring until the <ESCAPE> key is pressed

(You may assume that READ SENSORn will take a reading from SENSORn and that
READ KEY inputs a key press from the keyboard).

[5]

(b) Describe why a DAC (digital to analogue converter) would be needed if the computer is
used to control the greenhouse environment.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/12/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
466

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
467
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(1) (a) For each chosen security issue, 1 mark for description + 1 mark for method of protection.

security issue description of security issue method of protection

hacking gaining illegal/unauthorized – use of firewalls

access to a computer system – use of passwords

pharming code installed on the hard drive of – use of filters to

a user’s computer or on actual authenticate websites
web server; code redirects user to – user should be alert
a bogus/fake website without user and look for pharming
knowing clues which indicate
being directed to a
bogus site

phishing creator sends legitimate-looking – ISPs can filter/block out

(fake) email in the hope of gaining phishing emails
personal/financial information; – user should be wary of
fake email replicates a well known opening links in emails
company e.g. a bank

spyware software that gathers information – use of dropdown boxes

by monitoring key presses on a – user should be alert
user’s keyboard or activity and and look for clues when
relays the information back to using their computer
person who sent the spyware

viruses – anti-virus (software)

Program or coding that replicates
– do not use
itself /corrupts the system/ alters
disks/software from
or deletes data
unknown sources
– do not open emails
from unknown senders

[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
468
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(2) (a) (i) – as first character(s) keyed in, rest of word predicted
/word(s) suggested according to the letter(s) already entered [1]

(ii) Any two from (items below are only examples):

– MP3 player
– Bluetooth
– wifi
– camera
– Internet surfing
– GPS [2]

(b) 1 mark for each part:

(i) – less expensive/cheaper than other telephone systems

– can use webcams to have visual as well as text/speech

(ii) – poor quality/drop out/echoes are very common problems

– need to have fast broadband connection to work effectively

(iii) – microphone and speaker/headphones

– headset [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
469
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(3) (a) 10/ten [1]

(b) CB, CC, CG, CL

< - 1 mark - > < - 1 mark - >

(–1 mark for each additional item) [2]

(c) (leather = “Y”) AND (silver = “Y” OR grey = “Y”)

< - 1 mark - > < - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - >

(silver = “Y” OR grey = “Y”) AND (leather = “Y”)

< - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - > < - - - - 1 mark - - - - >

(leather = “Y”) AND ((silver = “Y”) OR (grey = “Y”))

< - 1 mark - > < - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - >

((silver = “Y”) OR (grey = “Y”)) AND (leather = “Y”)

< - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - > < - - - - 1 mark - - - - > [2]

(d) (green = “N”) [1]

(e) Any one from:

– uses up less memory (NOT space)

– faster to key in data/saves time when keying in data
– fewer mistakes made when keying in data [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
470
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(4) (a) 1 mark for each application correctly linked to the appropriate hardware items.

speakers

computer
light pen
aided design
(CAD)

microphone

video
spaceball
conferencing

data goggles

virtual reality
webcam

data gloves
[3]

(b) 1 mark for each additional item of hardware

CAD
– 3D (inkjet) printer
– large monitor/screen
– (graph) plotter
– graphics tablet

video conferencing
– broadband modem
– large monitor

virtual reality
– (data) helmet
– simulator headset
– sensor/data suit
– haptic/motion sensor [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
471
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(5)
count total a b c d x y temp OUT-
PUT

1 0 5 4 1 9 18 26 44

44 34

4 4

2 0 5 9 4 1 27 20 47

47 37

7 7

< - - - -1 mark - - - >< - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - ><1 mark><1 mark><1 mark><1 mark>

[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
472
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(6) (a) Any one from:

– circular argument/reference
– value in D2 not yet known
– empty cell D2 [1]

(b) = (A2 + C2 * B2) or = (A2 + B2 * C2) or

= (A2 + C2 * 9.81) or = (A2 + 9.81 * C2) [1]

(c) = (A7 + C7 * B7) or = (A7 + B7 * C7) or

= (A7 + C7 * 9.81) or = (A7 + 9.81 * C7) [1]

(d) = MAX(D2:D7) [1]

(e) = (A2 + B2 * 9.81) or = (A2 + 9.81 * B2) [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
473
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(7) (a) (i) 1 mark for causes:

– repeated clicking of the mouse

– prolonged use of a keyboard/typing

1 mark for way of removing problem:

– take (regular) breaks

– use wrist supports
– use of ergonomic keyboards
– use of voice recognition software
– adjust chair to correct height [2]

(ii) Any one from:

– conduits/trunking for wiring

– wires/cables attached to walls
– wires under carpets/floors
– use WiFi connections [1]

(iii) One mark for risk: e.g.

– glare from/staring for a long period of time at a computer screen

– exposed wires
– inadequate desk support
– sitting too long in the same position
– spilling liquids on computer equipment/inadequate ventilation

One mark for corresponding description of risk (MUST match up)

– can cause headaches/eye strain/dry eye

– risk of electric shock/electrocution
– equipment falling and causing injury
– back/neck pain/injury/strain
– fire risk [2]

(b) Any two from:

– need for training

– possible redundancies/unemployment
– work patterns may change (e.g. working from home/remote working) [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
474
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(8) 1 mark for error + 1 mark for suggested correction to error (max of FOUR errors)

description of possible error suggested correction to error

line 20 lowest = 100 (or even bigger value)

lowest = 0

line 30 count should be 1 to 1000

loop count is 1 to 100 e.g. for count = 1 to 1000

line 50 formula is reversed

number = highest e.g. should be: highest = number

line 60 formula is reversed

number = lowest e.g. should be: lowest = number

line 70 remove line 70 from coding

count = count + 1
addition of count in a for … to loop
[8]

(9) Any three from:

– viruses transmitted with attachment

– possible phishing/spyware included with attachment
– attachment file too large/not enough space in mailbox
– she does not have the software to open the file
– attachment corrupted during transmission
– attachment was encrypted (and end user did not have encryption key)
– password needed to open file/attachment (password not known)
– virus checker/firewall detected virus and would not allow file/attachment to be opened [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
475
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(10) (a) (i)

A B X
0
0
0
1
1
1 } 1 mark

1
1
0
1
1
0 } 1 mark

[2]

(ii) NAND gate

(if truth table above is incorrect, allow follow through in part (ii)) [1]

(b)
A B C X
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0 } 1 mark

0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1 } 1 mark

1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
} 1 mark

1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
} 1 mark

[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
476
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(11) (a) 54 [1]

(b) – multiplied by 2
– value 27 is doubled (to become 54) [1]

(c) 108 [1]

(d) (i) 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 [1]

(ii) 184 [1]

(iii) – no more places left in register/binary number

– the left most 1 bit would disappear
– number would become 112 (0111 0000) instead of 368
– number would be greater than 255
– overflow [1]

(e) – divided by 2
– the number will be halved [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
477
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(12) (a) Any one from:

– trackerball/touch pad
– touch screen [1]

(b) Each validation check MUST be different for each input:

goods reference number

– length check
– type/character check
– presence check
– check digit

today’s date

– format check
– presence check
– length check
– range check (on each component)

telephone number

– type/character check
– presence check
– length check [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
478
Page 13 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(13) (a) download speed any one from:

– speed at which information/data is transferred FROM server/Internet

– speed at which information/data is transferred TO the user’s computer

upload speed any one from:

– speed at which information/data is transferred FROM user’s computer

– speed at which information/data is transferred TO the Internet/server [2]

(b) Any two from:

– can use Internet connection and telephone at the same time

– much faster data transfer speed
– always “on”
– charged for number of bytes/flat rate per month rather than actual time on line
– more bandwidth [2]

(c) Any two from:

– when transferring large files/attachments with emails

– when streaming music/video files/bit streaming
– when using VoIP/video conferencing
– software updates
– online transactions
– Using VLE (Virtual Learning Environment) [2]

(d) 128 Mbits/sec = 16 Mbytes/sec

Therefore, FOUR (4) files could be downloaded [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
479
Page 14 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(14) (a) Any two from:

– lightweight
– long battery life
– cool running processor
– touch pad
– internal webcam [2]

(b) Any one from:

– security (prevent illegal copying of data)

– storage of additional files/coding required to run software
– software only licensed to specific computers
– to allow the software to run on any computer [1]

(c) Any two from:

– multiple choice/yes-no answers

– easy to understand interface e.g. use of icons/drop down menus etc.
– output shown as % probabilities of fault [2]

(d) Any three from:

– knowledge base
– rule(s) base
– inference engine
– explanation system
– (expert system) shell [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
480
Page 15 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

15
START

customer selects
book(s)

barcode on
borrower’s
card

No 1 mark
4 7

1 mark Yes
Yes
5 1 mark

OUTPUT
8 error
message
END

1 mark
No

No
2 6 3

Yes Yes

Yes
1 9 END
No

1 mark 1 mark

[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
481
Page 16 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
O Level – October/November 2013 7010 12

(16) (a) marking points:

– correct loop 1 mark

– reading of BOTH sensors 1 mark
– check sensor1 + action taken 1 mark
– check sensor2 + action taken 1 mark
– read keyboard entry 1 mark

sample coding:

repeat
read sensor1
read sensor2 1 mark
if sensor1 > 45 then print “warning” 1 mark
if sensor2 < 0.19 then print “warning” 1 mark
read key 1 mark
until key = ESCAPE 1 mark
[5]

(b) DAC

Any two points from:

– need to convert computer output to analogue values

– to allow it to operate motors, actuators, ……
– …… to open/close windows, switch heaters on/off etc.
– devices may not understand/respond to digital signals [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
482

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
*2135265420*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/13

Paper 1 October/November 2013
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

IB13 11_7010_13/2RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
483
2

1 (a) Name three features of a typical data protection act. For

Examiner's
Use
1

[3]

(b) Data being held is often referred to as Personal or Sensitive Personal data.

Give two examples of each type of data.

Personal Data

Sensitive Personal Data

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
484
3

2 (a) The training department of an international airline has introduced computer based For
training (CBT) to teach foreign languages to its cabin crew. Examiner's
Use

Give two advantages of using CBT.

[2]

(b) The airline also trains its pilots.

(i) What type of training is most appropriate to train pilots to manage dangerous
situations?

[1]

(ii) Give two benefits of using this type of training.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
485
4

3 Dmitry’s car is fitted with a Global Positioning System (GPS) navigation system. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Explain how the GPS system knows the exact location of Dmitry’s car.

[3]

(b) Dmitry’s GPS system gives out verbal instructions.

(i) Give one benefit and one drawback of doing this.

benefit

drawback

[2]

(ii) Dmitry turns his car onto a main road. His GPS system tells him that he is not on a
road.

Give a possible explanation.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
486
5

4 A customer logs on to a bank website so that she can access her account. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) The first thing she was asked to do was to give the 3rd, 4th and 7th character of her
password. This was done using drop-down boxes:

Give two reasons why the customer was asked to supply only 3 characters from her
password.

[2]

(b) Authentication is a technique used in bank security to check that the customer is who
they say they are. This involves three pieces of information, other than the password,
all related to the customer.

Give three examples of suitable information:

[3]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
487
6

5 A website has been set up allowing users to access the Periodic Table. Part of the table is For
shown below. Examiner's
Use

H He
Li Be B C N O F Ne
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr

A user selects an element from the table and is then directed to another web page where
details of the chosen element can be found.

(a) (i) What would be the most suitable input device for this application?

[1]

(ii) Describe how your chosen input device would interact with the table.

[1]

(b) Give two advantages of this system when compared to finding the same information
from books.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
488
7

6 Patients in a hospital are monitored for vital signs (for example, heart beat and For
temperature) by sensors and a computer system. Results are displayed on a monitor in the Examiner's
Use
form of numbers and graphs.

(a) Describe how the sensors and computer system are used to monitor the patients and
to alert doctors and nurses of a possible problem.

[3]

(b) Give two advantages of using this system rather than 24 hour monitoring by nurses.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
489
8

7 (a) Describe what is meant by streaming when watching a video on a computer screen. For
Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) What is the difference between true (real time) streaming and on demand streaming?

true

on demand

[2]

(c) To allow high quality video playback during streaming, computers need special
software and a way of temporarily saving the data.

Describe one piece of software needed and also how the data can be stored
temporarily.

software

temporary storage

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
490
9

(d) Give one benefit and one drawback of using streaming to play videos. For
Examiner's
Use
benefit

drawback

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
491
10

8 A company decides to offer a computer aided design (CAD) service. For

Examiner's
Use
(a) Give two advantages and two disadvantages to the designer of using CAD rather than
using manual, paper-based systems.

Advantages:

Disadvantages:

[4]

(b) The company sets up call centres overseas to help give customers advice.

(i) Give two benefits to the company.

[2]

(ii) Give two drawbacks to the company.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
492
11

9 A database was set up to keep track of goods in a shop. A section of the database is shown For
below. Examiner's
Use

Item Number in Re-order Price of Value of Items

code stock level item ($) stock ($) ordered
1113 155 200 1.50 232.50 Yes
1124 84 50 2.50 210.00 No
1200 30 60 5.00 150.00 Yes
1422 600 500 1.00 600.00 No
1515 90 100 2.00 180.00 No
1668 58 50 4.00 232.00 No
1801 60 100 8.00 480.00 No
1844 195 200 1.50 292.50 Yes

(a) How many records are shown in this section of database?

[1]

(b) (i) Using Item code only, what would be output if the following search was carried
out:

(Number in stock < Re-order level) AND (Items ordered = “No”)

[2]

(ii) What useful information does this search produce?

[1]

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
493
12

10 (a) The following pseudocode was written to input 1000 dates. For
Examiner's
1 count = 1 Use
2 repeat
3 input day, month, year
4 count = count + 1
5 until count = 1000

(i) Describe why the loop only inputs 999 dates instead of 1000.

[1]

(ii) What needs to be changed or added to the above code to make sure 1000 dates
are input?

[1]

(b) Errors in code can be found using test data.

Name three different types of test data. Using month from the pseudocode above, give
an example of each type of test data.

test data type 1

example

test data type 2

example

test data type 3

example

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
494
13

11 (a) Draw the logic circuit for the following logic statement: For
Examiner's
Use
X = 1 if [ A is NOT 1 AND B is 1 ] AND [ B is 1 OR C is 1 ]

B X

[4]

(b) Complete the truth table for the above logic circuit.

Working space

A B C X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
495
14

12 A spreadsheet was set up to compare fuel prices in dollars per litre over three years. Part For
of the spreadsheet is shown below. Examiner's
Use

A B C D E F
Above world
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Average
1 average in
($/litre) ($/litre) ($/litre) ($/litre)
year 3?
2 country 1 2.00 2.40 2.75 2.38
3 country 2 2.50 2.70 2.90 2.70
4 country 3 2.00 2.10 2.30 2.13
5 country 4 1.00 1.25 1.40 1.22
6 country 5 2.00 2.20 2.50 2.23
7 country 6 2.20 2.80 3.00 2.67
8 country 7 2.15 2.45 2.80 2.47
9 country 8 1.50 1.70 2.00 1.73
10 Max value: 3.00

(a) What formulas must be in column E to calculate the average values for years 1 to 3?

Average
1
($/litre)

2 =

3 =

4 =

5 =

6 =

7 =

8 =

9 =

[2]

(b) What formula must be in cell D10 to find the highest fuel value in $/litre for year 3?

= [1]

= IF (D2 > 2.20, “Y”, “N”)

[1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
496
15

(ii) If the formula from part (c)(i) was replicated all the way down to F9, what values For
would be shown in cells F2 to F9? Examiner's
Use

F
Above world
1 average in
year 3?
2

[2]

(d) (i) If the following formula was typed into cell E10, what would be output?

= COUNTIF (E2:E9, “> 2.20”)

[1]

(ii) What formula would need to be in cell F10 to count the number of “Y” entries in
column F?

= [1]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
497
16

13 A touch screen is divided up into a number of locations: For

Examiner's
x values Use

0 1 2 ......................................................... 61 62 63
0
1
2

.......................
y values

30
31

Each x-position is shown in a 6-bit register:

32 16 8 4 2 1

and each y-position is shown in a 5-bit register:

16 8 4 2 1

Thus,

32 16 8 4 2 1 16 8 4 2 1
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

refers to screen position: (30, 21)

(a) Give the screen position referred to if the two registers contain:

32 16 8 4 2 1 16 8 4 2 1
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0

( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
498
17

(b) Three options (A, B, C) are shown on the touch screen below: For
Examiner's
Use

position position
A B
(20, 11) (40, 11)

position
C
(30, 25)

If the two registers contain:

32 16 8 4 2 1 16 8 4 2 1
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1

what option (A, B or C) has been chosen?

[1]

(c) Each box A, B, C is made up of 128 x 64 pixels.

(i) What is meant by the term pixel?

[1]

(ii) The value of each pixel is stored in 1 byte of memory.

How much memory is needed to store one of these boxes?

Give your answer in kilobytes.

[2]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
499
18

14 A microprocessor controls the opening and closing of automatic doors to a supermarket. For
Examiner's
Use
Customers are detected using pressure sensors.

The flowchart on the next page shows how the sensors and microprocessor interact to
control the opening and closing of the doors. However, several of the stages in the process
have been missed out.

Using item number only, complete the flowchart using items from the following list:

Item
Item description
number

ADC changes analogue signal into

1
digital signal

2 are the doors already open?

DAC changes digital signal into

3
analogue signal
DAC changes digital signal into
4
analogue signal

5 doors are closed

6 microprocessor sends signal

7 microprocessor sends signal

8 no action is required

9 wait for 10 seconds

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
500
19

For
START Examiner's
Use

has sensor
No
detected a
customer?

Yes

doors are
opened

has sensor
Yes
detected a
customer?

[5]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13 [Turn over

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
501
20

15 5000 numbers are being input which should have either 1 digit (e.g. 5), 2 digits (e.g. 36), 3 For
digits (e.g. 149) or 4 digits (e.g. 8567). Examiner's
Use

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which

• inputs 5000 numbers

• outputs how many numbers had 1 digit, 2 digits, 3 digits and 4 digits
• outputs the % of numbers input which were outside the range

[6]

© UCLES 2013 7010/13/O/N/13

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
502

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE O Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/13 Paper 1; maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
503
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

1 (a) Any three from:

– data should be obtained/processed fairly/lawfully

– data should be obtained only for one or more specified purposes
– data should be adequate/relevant/not excessive (in relation to its purpose)
– data should be accurate/up to date
– data should be held no longer than necessary (for the purpose for which it was obtained)
– data should be processed in accordance with the rights of the data subjects
– data should be kept securely/safely (with adequate levels of protection)
– data should only be transferred to countries with an adequate level of protection (safe
harbour)
– data subjects have the right to see data about them and/or have it altered/removed if
incorrect [3]

(b) Personal data: any two from:

e.g.
– name (surname and/or forename)
– address
– telephone/mobile number
– passport/id number
– date of birth
– email address

Sensitive personal data: any two from:

e.g.
– racial/ethnic origin
– political opinions
– religious beliefs
– Trades Union membership
– physical/mental health
– sexual life/orientation
– criminal convictions [4]

2 (a) Any two from:

– user can work at their own speed

– user can learn in their own time/when/where they want
– user can re-run sections of training package whenever they wish
– user can pause the training at any point
– user gets immediate feedback/analysis (on their performance)
– there is no need to have teachers or classrooms
– less expensive for the airline/ training department [2]

(b) (i) flight simulator/simulating/simulation [1]

(ii) Any two from:

– can be much safer

– less expensive than building/crashing the real thing
– repetition of scenarios (e.g. potential crashes)
– different scenarios/situations available
– no need for an instructor [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
504
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

3 (a) Any three from:

– satellites transmit signals (to the GPS in the car)

– the computer receives/interprets these signals
– the system depends on very accurate timing/atomic clocks
– each satellite transmits its location and time
– computer in the vehicle calculates its position based on at least 3 satellite signals
– system makes use of triangulation (to pinpoint its exact location)
– position of vehicle accurate to within 1 metre
– at least 24 satellites in operation [3]

(b) (i) benefits (any one from)

– safer because e.g. driver can keep their eyes on the road
– verbal instructions can be easier/quicker to understand by driver
– a comparative safety issue

drawbacks (any one from)

– can be distracting to the driver

– may not hear instructions (clearly)
– inappropriate words [2]

(ii) Any two from:

– maps in GPS (sat nav) may be out of date/new road

– position of the car is in error
– fault in software in device
– interference/loss of signal e.g. due to weather [2]

4 (a) Any two from:

– hackers only get part of the password

– can ask for different characters/combinations each time
– helps to “defeat” spyware [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
505
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

(b) Any three from:

customer knows:
e.g.
– PIN
– Name/user name
– date last logged on
– memorable word/phrase/graphic
– memorable personal data e.g. mother’s maiden name
– date of birth
– email address
– recent activities
– telephone number
– customer number
– account number

belongs to customer:

– bank card (number)

unique to customer:

– biometrics (e.g. fingerprints) [3]

5 (a) (i) Any one from:

– touch screen
– mouse/trackerball/touch pad
– keyboard [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– touch required element on screen with finger (and go to relevant web page)
– pointer moved and element selected (mouse/trackerball/touch pad)
– use arrow keys on keyboard to select required element and then press [ENTER] key
OR key characters and press [ENTER] [1]

(b) Any two from:

– much faster/easier to access information

– more up to date (since easier to modify than books)
– more convenient than carrying around many text books
– many people can access the data at the same time
– using multi-media (possible to improve learning environment)
– easier to import information into an “essay” (for example) [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
506
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

(c) Any two from:

– Accuracy issues e.g. anyone can write a web page, information is limited to author’s knowledge
– health and safety risks from prolonged use of computer
– risk of finding undesirable web sites
– possibility of information overload when doing searches
– Internet access required
– Power source required [2]

6 (a) Any three from:

– sensors for oxygen, heart/pulse rate (etc.) send signals to computer

– converted (by ADC) into digital data
– computer compares this data with stored data/pre-set values
sends vital signs data to monitors
– if the new information is out of range, computer sends signals
– to sound an alarm/warn doctors and nurses
– signals need to be first converted into analogue (by DAC)
– monitoring is continuous (until machine is switched off) [3]

(b) Any two from:

– nurse issues e.g. nurses get tired, need breaks

– can show immediate trends (automatically)
– faster response to a given set of conditions
– less expensive because e.g. leaves nurses free to do other tasks while computer
monitors patients, less wages [2]

(c) Any two from:

– easier to see immediate trends in data using a graph

– “OK” graph and “not OK” graph may be easier to recognise at a glance
– numbers are easier to read in some cases (e.g. temperature)
– no need to interpret/understand numbers [2]

7 (a) Any two from:

– data sent in a compressed form

– over the Internet
– displayed to user in real time
– makes use of buffering [2]

(b) true (any one from)

– information sent straight to user’s computer

– no need to save information first on servers’ hard disk
– data is live (in real time)

on demand (any one from)

– files saved on servers’ hard disk first

– then played back to user as required [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
507
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

(c) software (any one from)

– media player
– decompression software
– CODEC

temporary storage

– use of buffers [2]

(d) benefit (any one from)

– no need to store the files/saves on memory space

– can be sent directly to any receiving device
– available anytime

drawback (any one from)

– slow due to e.g. buffering, broadband speed

– video “gaps”/jumps as data is streamed
– video withdrawn [2]

8 (a) Advantages (any two from)

– easier to modify the drawings

– can keep a “library of parts”
– special features available e.g. zoom, rotation
– can do automatic costings
– easier to create a model from the design
– easier to do ergonomic studies on new designs
– can automatically carry out stress/loading calculations
– direct link into CAM is possible

Disadvantages (any two from)

– possible need for training

– higher costs e.g. start-up, on-going [4]

(b) (i) benefits (any two from)

– reduced costs in countries where labour costs are lower

– reduced costs in countries where incentives are given to set up companies
– round the clock (24/7) customer support is possible
– if workers on strike in one country, can move work somewhere else [2]

(ii) drawbacks (any two from)

– language and culture problems can make it difficult for company

– possible negativity to overseas call centres (loss of customers)
– need for (expensive) training programmes
– start-up costs
– possible unreliability of infrastructure [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
508
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

9 (a) 8 [1]

(b) (i) 1515

1801
(–1 mark for each error) [2]

(ii) – checks whether new goods have (yet) to be ordered

– to maintain stock levels [1]

< - - - - 1 mark - - - - > < - - - - - - - - - 1mark - - - - - - - - >

(Value of stock ($) > 300) OR (Price of item ($) > 2)

< - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - -> < - - - - - - - 1mark - - - - - - > [2]

10 (a) (i) – value of count starts at 1 so only 999 iterations

– value of count reaches 1000, but before 1000th input

(ii) – line 1 should read count = 0

– line 5 should read count = 1001 (or count >1000)
– change to appropriate loop structure [2]

(b) – 1 mark for naming data type + 1 mark for example related to month

– normal/valid (test data)

– any value in given range (1 to 12) e.g. 4

– abnormal/invalid (test data)

– any value which is outside the range/any value not acceptable
– i.e. letters, negative numbers, values > 12 e.g. adfrk, -20, 36

– extreme/boundary (test data)

– data which is on the boundaries/edges of the acceptable range
– i.e. 1 or 12 for extreme; 0, 1, 12 or 13 for boundary

– Month names, instead of values, are acceptable e.g. April [6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
509
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

11 (a)

(1 mark for EACH correct logic gate) [4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
510
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

(b)

A B C X

}
0 0 0 0
1 mark

0 0 1 0

0
1

1
0

1
1

1
} 1 mark

1
0

0
0

1
0

0
} 1 mark

1
1

1
0

0
} 1 mark

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
511
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

12 (a)
E
Average
1 ($/litre)

2
= AVERAGE (B2:D2)
–1 for each
error
3
= AVERAGE (B3:D3)
Working
equivalents
4 acceptable
= AVERAGE (B4:D4)
Allow follow
5 through
= AVERAGE (B5:D5)

6
= AVERAGE (B6:D6)

7
= AVERAGE (B7:D7)

8
= AVERAGE (B8:D8)

9
= AVERAGE (B9:D9)
[2]

(b) MAX (D2:D9) [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
512
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

(c) (i) Y or “Y” [1]

(ii) F
Above world average in
1 year 3?
Y
2
Y
3 1 mark
Y
4
N
5
Y
6
Y
7
Y 1 mark
8
N
9

[2]

(d) (i) 5 [1]

(ii) = COUNTIF (F2:F9, “Y”) [1]

13 (a) (52, 14)

1 mk 1 mk [2]

(b) B [1]

(c) (i) – smallest element that makes up a picture

– short for picture element [1]

(ii) 128 × 64 = 8192 bytes of memory

= 8 kilobytes

(2 marks for correct answer, 1 mark for good attempt at calculation) [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
513
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

14
START

No has sensor
detected a
customer?

Yes

1 mark 1 mark
1

Yes
2 8
No
1 mark
6/7

3/4

doors are
opened

1 mark

Yes has sensor

detected a
customer?

No 1 mark

7/6 4/3 5

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
514
Page 13 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O Level – October/November 2013 7010 13

15 marking points:

– initialisation 1 mark
– correct loop structure (1 to 5000) 1 mark
– input numbers (INSIDE a loop) 1 mark
– test for how many digits in all input numbers 1 mark
– increment all relevant totals 1 mark
– increment error total as appropriate 1 mark
– calculate % errors in input numbers 1 mark
– output ALL four totals + percent value (OUTSIDE a loop) 1 mark

sample coding:

single = 0: two = 0: three = 0: four = 0: error = 0 1 mark

for x = 1 to 5000 1 mark
input number 1 mark
if number > 999 and number < 10000 then four = four + 1 }
else if number > 99 then three = three + 1 } 2
else if number > 9 then two = two + 1 } marks
else if number > 0 then single = single + 1 }
else error = error + 1 1 mark
next x
percent = error/50 1 mark
print single, two, three, four, percent 1 mark

[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
515

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge Ordinary Level
*1459661344*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/11

Paper 1 May/June 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The maximum number of marks is 100.

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
516
2

1 (a) Name and draw two types of network topology.

Name 1

Drawing 1

Name 2

Drawing 2

[4]

(b) Give two benefits of having computers networked together.

[2]

(c) Give one drawback of having computers networked together.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
517
3

2 (a) (i) A student wrote: “batch processing can be used when making airline bookings”.

Why is this statement incorrect?

[1]

(ii) The same student also wrote: “to launch an application, a graphical user interface (GUI)
requires typing the name of the application using a keyboard”.

Why is this statement incorrect?

[1]

(b) A user interface is a function of a typical operating system.

Write down four other functions of a typical operating system.

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
518
4

3 A hospital holds records of its patients in a database. Four of the fields are:

• date of visit (dd/mm/yyyy)

• patient’s height (m)
• 8-digit patient ID
• contact telephone number

The presence check is one possible type of validation check on the data. For each field, give
another validation check that can be performed. Give an example of data which would fail your
named validation check.

A different validation check needs to be given for each field.

example of data which would

field name name of validation check
fail the validation check

date of visit

patient’s height

patient ID

contact
telephone
number

[8]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
519
5

4 The diagram below shows a number of descriptions and terms used in computer security.

By drawing arrows, connect the correct description to the computer security term.

Program installed on a PC to
gather data about the user. It
monitors every key press and Cookies
relays the data back to the home
base.

Junk (unsolicited) electronic mail

advertising products and services Phishing
sent to a general mailing list.

Sending an email that claims to be

from a legitimate company; the
recipient is then directed to a bogus Pharming
website where their personal
details will be collected.

Malicious code installed on a PC or

on a server. This code directs
Spyware
users to a fraudulent website
without their knowledge.

Act of locating and possibly

exploiting a wireless network by
touring an area. This requires a Spam
laptop with relevant software and
an antenna.

Information that a website stores

about a user on the user’s hard
disk; this enables the website to War-driving
remember details about the user
when they next visit the website.

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
520
6

5 A floor turtle can use the following instructions.

Instruction Meaning

FORWARD x Move x cm forwards

BACKWARD x Move x cm backwards

LEFT t Turn left t degrees

RIGHT t Turn right t degrees

REPEAT n Repeat next set of instructions n times

ENDREPEAT Finish repeated instructions

PENUP Lift the pen

PENDOWN Lower the pen

Each square is
10 cm by 10 cm

Each diagonal
line is 28 cm long
28
cm

45° 45°

Start Finish

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
521
7

Complete the following set of instructions to draw the shape in the direction shown by the arrows.

PENDOWN 7

LEFT 45 8

1 9

2 10

3 11

4 12

5 13

6 14

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
522
8

6 A company has eight warehouses throughout Europe. It has decided to introduce online sales
and has launched a website.

Customers can now buy online instead of physically going to the warehouse.

(a) Give two benefits to the customer.

[2]

(b) Give two benefits to the company.

[2]

[3]

(d) Give two features you would expect to see on the company’s website.

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
523
9

7 (a) Draw the logic circuit for the logic statement:

X = 1 if (L is NOT 1 AND F = 1) OR (F is NOT 1 AND A is 1)

F X

[5]

(b) Complete the truth table for the above system.

Working space

L F A X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
524
10

8 Study the following flowchart very carefully.

START

INPUT number

product = 1

value = number

product = value * product

value = value – 1

No
is value = 0?

Yes

OUTPUT number, product

STOP

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
525
11

Complete the trace table for the input value of 5:

number product value OUTPUT

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
526
12

9 A spreadsheet has been set up to monitor six experiments.

A B C D E F G
Start End Volume Start End Pressure
Experiment
1 volume volume change pressure pressure change
number
(litres) (litres) (litres) (bar) (bar) (bar)
2 1 21 33 12 1.0 2.2 1.2
3 2 19 40 21 1.0 3.3 2.3
4 3 20 37 17 1.0 3.0 2.0
5 4 18 48 30 1.0 3.6 2.6
6 5 20 44 24 1.0 3.4 2.4
7 6 19 33 14 1.0 2.6 1.6
8

(a) What formulas must be in column D and column G?

D G
Volume change Pressure change
1
(litres) (bar)

2 = =

3 = =

4 = =

5 = =

6 = =

7 = =
[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
527
13

(b) What cells were highlighted to draw the chart below?

60 Chart to show volume and pressure change 3

50 2.5

40 2

Pressure
Volume

30 1.5

20 1

10 0.5

0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6
Experiment number

[2]

= [1]

(d) What formula should be in cell G8 to find the highest pressure change?

= [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
528
14

10 You have been asked to write a report on the use of the following communication methods:

• mobile phones
• video conferencing
• emails

Describe a benefit and a drawback of each of the above communication methods.

mobile phones

Benefit

Drawback

video conferencing

Benefit

Drawback

emails

Benefit

Drawback

[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
529
15

11 Dima has decided to change his dial-up modem for a broadband modem.

(a) Give two advantages of doing this.

[2]

(b) Dima has agreed to send Michaela a 20 megabyte file. They both have a broadband
connection.
Dima has to upload his file to a server and then Michaela needs to download it from the
same server.

The broadband data transfer rates (speeds) are:

1 megabits per second to upload a file

8 megabits per second to download a file

(Note: 8 bits = 1 byte)

(i) How long does it take to upload Dima’s file?

[2]

(ii) How long does it take to download Dima’s file?

[1]

(c) Dima has decided to use wireless LAN (WiFi) connections.

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of doing this.

Advantage

Disadvantage

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
530
16

12 A digital light meter has a 3-digit LCD. The value of each digit on the instrument display is stored
as a 4-bit binary number in a register.

For example:

8 4 2 1
0 1 1 1 X
X Y Z

is represented by: 0 1 0 0 Y

0 1 0 1 Z

(a) What value is shown on the display if the 4-bit binary registers contain:

8 4 2 1
X 0 0 1 0
X Y Z

Y 1 0 0 1

Z 0 0 0 1
[3]

(b) What would be stored in the 4-bit binary registers if the display shows:

8 4 2 1
X
X Y Z

Z
[3]

(i) How could this error be shown on the instrument display?

[1]

(ii) What could cause an error to occur?

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
531
17

13 A heating system is being controlled by sensors and a computer. The temperature must be kept
between 15°C and 25°C. If 30°C is exceeded a warning message is generated and the system
shuts down.

A flowchart of the process is shown below. Some of the items are missing.

Complete the flowchart, using item number only, from the list of items given.

START LIST OF ITEMS

Item Item
Number Description

1 convert data to digital using ADC

READ data from
temperature 2 are data digital?
sensors 3 is temperature < 15 °C?
4 is temperature > 25 °C?
5 is temperature > 30 °C?
6 output warning message
7 send signal to turn OFF the heater
8 send signal to turn the heater ON
9 send signal to shut down the heater

Yes

STOP
Yes

No Yes

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
532
18

14 A database was set up showing statistics for some states in the USA. Part of the database is
shown below.

Travel
Number
Name of Population Area time
Ref of houses Density
state (millions) (sq miles) to work
(millions)
(min)
OR Oregon 3.8 1.6 96 000 39.6 22.3
CO Colorado 4.9 2.1 104 000 47.1 24.3
NJ New Jersey 8.7 3.5 7 400 1175.7 30.0
TX Texas 24.3 9.4 262 000 92.7 25.4
CA California 36.8 13.3 156 000 235.9 27.7
FL Florida 18.3 8.7 53 900 339.5 26.2
AK Alaska 0.7 0.3 572 000 1.2 19.6
NV Nevada 2.6 1.1 110 000 23.6 23.3
NY New York 19.5 7.9 47 000 414.9 31.7

(a) (i) How many records are in this section of the database?

[1]

(ii) How many fields are in each record?

[1]

(b) The following search condition was entered:

(Population (millions) < 4.0) OR (Number of houses (millions) < 4.0)

Using Ref only, write down which records will be found.

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
533
19

(c) Write down the search condition to find out which states have an area over 100 000 square
miles and where it takes less than 25 minutes to get to work.

[2]

(d) (i) What should be the key field in this database?

[1]

(ii) Give a reason for your choice.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
534
20

15 A survey is being carried out which involves reading and recording sound levels near a busy road
junction. Once all the data are collected, they are input manually into a computer. A sound level
of 0 decibels (0 dB) is input to indicate the end of the data.

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

• inputs all the sound levels

• after a sound level of 0 is input, outputs the following:
o average sound level
o highest recorded sound level.

[6]

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
535

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
536
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

1 (a) 1 mark for correct name + 1 mark for correct corresponding diagram.

ring

star

bus

[4]

(b) Any two from:

– shared resources
– better/easier communications
– easier to “keep track” of users from a central point
– all computers/users can share same data/programs (stored on a central
database)/easier transfer of data between computers
– can access your files from any computer on the network [2]

(c) Any one from:

– greater risk of spreading viruses to other computers/the network
– increased security risks when computers connected together
– failure of server affects all stations [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
537
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

2 (a) (i) Any one from:

– airline bookings need to be done in real time to stop double bookings
– batch processing only done at the end of the day/week so double booking is possible
[1]

(ii) Any one from:

– GUI uses pointing devices/icons/windows (mouse, trackerball, ……)
– keyboard used with command line interfaces [1]

(b) Any four functions from:

– file management/delete/copy/save/store/load files
– controls/manages software/hardware
– memory management
– I/O control
– error messages/handling
– security issues
– logging on/off
– accounting/user account management
– time slicing
– multi access
– multi tasking/task management
– JCL/job control/batch processing
– network management [4]

3 1 mark for naming validation check + 1 mark for correct matching example

field name name of validation check example of data which

would fail validation check

date of visit format check e.g. 2012/12/04

e.g. 3rd March 2012

patient’s height type/character check can’t be < 0 or > 2.5m

range check e.g. –5, five
limit check e.g. 8, -3,

patient ID type check (can’t be < 0 or > 99999999)

length check e.g. 3142ABCD
range check e.g. 2131451, 136498207

e.g. –3, 851341625

contact telephone length check e.g. 0773141621834

number type/character check e.g. 7H215GD
format check e.g. 01223/123456/8901234
[8]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
538
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

4 1 mark for each correct arrow up to the maximum of 5 marks.

Program installed on a PC to gather

information about the user. It monitors Cookies
every key press and relays the
information back to the home base.

Junk/ (unsolicited) electronic mail

advertising products and services sent Phishing
to a general mailing list.

Sending an email that claims to be from

a legitimate company; the recipient is
then directed to a bogus website where Pharming
their personal details will be collected.

Malicious code installed on a PC or on

a server. This code directs users to a
fraudulent website without their Spyware
knowledge.

Act of locating and possibly exploiting a

wireless network by touring an area.
This requires a laptop with relevant Spam
software and an antenna.

Information that a website stores about

a user on their hard disk; this enables
the website to remember details about War-driving
the user when they next visit the
website.
[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
539
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

5 pendown

left 45
------------
forward 28
right 45 (1 mark)
------------
forward 20
right 135 (1 mark)
------------
forward 28
left 90 (1 mark)
------------
forward 28
right 135 (1 mark)
------------
forward 20
right 45 (1 mark)
forward 28
------------
(penup)
(left 45)
[5]

6 (a) Any two from:

– any reference to cost saving plus reason
– any reference to time saving plus reason
– possible to order 24/7
– goods delivered to customer’s house (may be heavy/large goods)
– customers who don’t live in Europe can buy goods [2]

(b) Any two from:

– use of cookies (to find customer preferences)
– open 24/7
– wider customer base (potentially) [2]

(c) Any three from:

– possible redundancies
– need to re-train/learn new skills/job role within company can change
– possibility of working from home
– relocation of certain staff (to a different warehouse)
– increased health risk to staff due to more computer-based work [3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
540
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

(d) Any two from:

– secure payment method
– shopping basket
– checkout
– search facility
– “remember customer”/log in
– customers who bought “X” also bought “Y” facility
– hyperlinks to other pages/websites
– currency converter
– create customer account
– description of the products for sale
– contact details [2]

7 (a) 1 mark per correct logic gate (accept other gate symbols)

[5]

(b)
L F A X

0 0 0 0
1 mark
0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1
1 mark
0 1 1 1

1 0 0 0
1 mark
1 0 1 1

1 1 0 0
1 mark
1 1 1 0 [4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
541
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

8 1 mark per correct column.

number product value OUTPUT

5 1 5

(5) 5 4

(5) 20 3

(5) 60 2

(5) 120 1

(5) (120) 0

5, 120
[4]

9 (a) 1 mark for correct formula in cell D2, 1 mark for correct formula replication D2 to D7, 1mark
for correct formula in G2 and 1 mark for correct formula replication from G2 to G7 (allow
follow through in both columns D and G).

D G

Volume Pressure
1 change change
(litres) (bar)

2 = C2 – B2 = F2 – E2
Accept formulas
3 = C3 – B3 = F3 – E3 such as:

4 = C4 – B4 = F4 – E4 SUM(C2 – B2)
5 = C5 – B5 = F5 – E5 (or any example
that actually
6 = C6 – B6 = F6 – E6 works)
7 = C7 – B7 = F7 – E7

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
542
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

(b) B1/2 to B7 }
C1/2 to C7 } 1 mark

G1/2 to G7 } 1 mark
[2]

(d) = MAX(G2:G7) or
= MAX(G2,G3,G4,G5,G6,G7) [1]

10 1 mark for each benefit and 1 mark for each drawback (maximum of 2 marks for each
communication method).

mobile phones
benefit:
– wireless system (so can be used anywhere)
– small, portable device/always with you
– instantaneous (e.g. take photo and immediately transfer file)
– can leave messages if recipient not available

drawback:
– contracts tend to be expensive
– phone calls overseas are very expensive
– out of signal
– battery life poor
– data transfer rate can be slow
– not very large memories
– small screens/keyboards make it more difficult to type/navigate

video conferencing
benefit:
– many people can take part in conference across the world
– can see all delegates on screen (and also talk in synchronised way)
– relatively inexpensive since uses Internet for communications
– can hold meeting of several people at short notice
– no need to pay for travelling/hotels/meeting rooms
– less time wasted travelling to meetings overseas/staff not out of office
– safer – recent increased risk of terrorist attacks

drawback:
– equipment is expensive to buy initially
– quality of sound/picture can be poor (poor reception)
– problems with time zones
– fast internet connection required

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
543
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

emails:
benefit:
– can send at any time/recipient can open any time
– inexpensive (same cost worldwide)
– can send large multimedia files
– no need for expensive equipment
– can send to multiple recipients
– can use attachment facility

drawback:
– if recipient doesn’t have correct software, can’t open attachments
– possibility of virus infections/phishing from attachments
– need Internet connection/ISP
– may not get immediate response (ONLY IF REVERSE NOT GIVEN UNDER BENEFIT) [6]

11 (a) Any two from:

– “always on” (no need to dial up each time)
– allows telephones to be used at same time as computer in use
– much faster data transfer rate
– dial up charges per minute of use [2]

(b) (i) 1 megabits/second = 0.125 Mbyte/second

20 Mbyte file takes 20/0.125 seconds
i.e. 160 seconds

(if final answer is incorrect, allow 1 mark for calculation) [2]

(ii) 8 megabits/second = 1 Mbyte/second

20 Mbyte file takes 20/1 seconds
i.e. 20 seconds

allow b(i) divided by 8 as follow through [1]

(c) 1 mark for each advantage and 1 mark for each disadvantage
advantages:
– no trailing wires
– can use equipment anywhere (if in range)
– reduced costs since less cabling required

disadvantages:
– limited range
– can be blocked by walls/other obstacles
– increased security risk if not password protected
– slower data transfer rate [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
544
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

12 (a) X Y Z

[3]

(b)
0 0 1 1 X (1 mark)

1 0 0 0 Y (1 mark)

0 0 0 0 Z (1 mark)
[3]

(or the equivalent answer) [1]

(ii) Any one from:

– a fault in the system
– reading exceeded the value 999 [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
545
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

(3 and 8 AND 4 and 7 MUST be marked in PAIRS)

(accept the phrases) [4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
546
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 11

14 (a) (i) 9 [1]

(ii) 7 [1]

(b) OR, CO, NJ, AK, NV

(–1 mark for each error: i.e. each omission, each incorrect additional item) [2]

< - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - > < - - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - - - >

(Travel time to work (min) < 25) AND (Area(sq miles) > 100 000)

< - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - > < - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - >

[2]

(i) Ref or Name of State [1]

(ii) this is unique to for each state [1]

15 possible marking points:

(award marks for each point up to the maximum of 6)

• initialisation
• inputs in the right place
• correct loop (while or repeat)
• adding up sound levels
• finding highest/loudest sound level
• counting number of sound levels which have been input
• finding the average value
• correct outputs (OUTSIDE loop and needs some previous processing)

sample program:

total = 0: highest = 0: count = 0 (1 mark)

input sound (1 mark)

while sound > 0 do (1 mark)

total = total + sound (1 mark)
if sound > highest then highest = sound (1 mark)
count = count + 1 (1 mark)
input sound

endwhile

average = total/count (1 mark)

print average, highest (1 mark) [6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
547

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge Ordinary Level
*3178912092*

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 May/June 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The maximum number of marks is 100.

This document consists of 24 printed pages.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
548
2

1 Four health and safety risks are shown in the table below.

Put a tick () in either column 2 or 3 to indicate whether the risk is a health risk or a safety risk.

In column 4, describe a method of removing or reducing the risk. Give a different method for each
risk.

1 2 3 4
health safety
risk method of removing or reducing the risk
risk risk

eye strain

trip hazard

fire

Repetitive Strain
Injury (RSI) in the
wrists

[6]

2 A customer books a flight to Brazil using an online travel agency.

(a) Describe the steps taken by the customer and by the agency when booking the flight online.

[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
549
3

(b) Describe the main differences between batch processing and real time transaction
processing.

[2]

3 (a) Name two items of software needed to run video conferencing. In each case, explain the
purpose of the software.

software item 1

purpose

software item 2

purpose

[4]

(b) The table below has three statements. Each of them is about video conferencing.

One or more of these is a benefit of using video conferencing.

Tick () each statement that is a benefit.

statement benefit

It is possible to hold meetings at any time.

There is no problem with time zones.

Reduces the “hidden cost” of employees being away from the office.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
550
4

Explain why both statements are incorrect.

“microphones are used so that delegates can hear what is being said”

“webcams record the images and then transmit them to the other meeting room”

[2]

(d) Describe two drawbacks of using video conferencing.

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
551
5

4 A student used the Internet to help with his Chemistry project. He typed the following into a
search engine:

transition + elements

(a) The first two search results listed were:

Chemistry of the transition elements

The elements of transition during computer animation

Considering these two examples, describe one problem when using search engines.

[1]

(b) This search gave the student over 480 000 results (“hits”).

Many of these results were not relevant.

How could the student obtain more relevant results?

[1]

(d) Describe one benefit of using the Internet to find information.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
552
6

5 The following algorithm should:

• input ten numbers

• output the largest number input
• output the average value of the input data

10 largest = 0

20 sum = 0

30 for x = 1 to 10

40 input x

50 if x > largest then x = largest

60 output largest

70 sum = sum + x

80 next x

90 average = sum * 10

100 output average

There are four errors in this algorithm.

Locate these errors and suggest a correction.

error 1

correction

error 2

correction

error 3

correction

error 4

correction

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
553
7

6 The following diagram shows six descriptions of automatic data capture methods and six terms.

Draw lines to connect each description to the correct term.

reading data directly from hard

copy and converting into electronic/ biometrics
computer-readable form

use of fingerprint scans, retina

scans, face identification, etc. as a
data logging
way of identifying a person
uniquely

optical
recognises spoken word patterns
character
and compares them to patterns
recognition
stored in memory
(OCR)

use of minute electronic devices

optical mark
(containing microchip and antenna)
recognition
that can be read from distances up
(OMR)
to 5 metres

radio
automatic data collection using frequency
sensors identification
(RFID)

system that reads pencil or pen

voice
marks on a piece of paper in
recognition
pre-determined positions

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
554
8

7 A floor turtle uses the following commands:

command description

FORWARD n Move n cm in a forward direction

BACKWARD n Move n cm in a backward (reverse) direction

RIGHT t Turn right through t degrees

LEFT t Turn left through t degrees

PENUP Lift the drawing pen up

PENDOWN Lower the drawing pen

REPEAT x Repeat the next set of instructions x times

ENDREPEAT Finish the REPEAT loop

In the following grid, each of the squares measures 10 cm by 10 cm:

Start Finish

Complete the set of instructions to draw the shape shown above (in bold lines).

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
555
9

1 PENDOWN

2 REPEAT 2

[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
556
10

8 In each case below, state which Internet term is being described.

(a) Malicious software installed on a user’s hard drive or a web server; the software re-directs
the user to a fake website without their consent or knowledge.

[1]

(b) Personal Internet journals where a writer enters text about a certain topic; anyone can
comment on the topic.

[1]

(c) Websites designed to promote the building of online communities who share the same
interests; usually free of charge; users can add friends, post messages to each other and
update personal profiles.

[1]

(d) Legitimate-looking email sent to a user in the hope of gathering personal information; as
soon as the recipient clicks on the link in the email (or email attachment) they are sent to a
fake website.

[1]

(e) Software that secretly gathers information by monitoring key presses on a user’s keyboard;
this information is relayed back to the person who sent the software originally.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
557
11

9 The five statements below are incomplete. Each statement is about computer animation.

(i) When producing 3D animation effects, are used to define the start
point and the end point to allow a smooth transition in the animation.

(ii) The use of intermediate frames between two images to give the appearance of movement
is called .

(iii) If one image merges into another different type of image (e.g. a mouse turning into an
alien) this is called .

(iv) is used to generate the final 3D image from the 2D model.

(v) Sometimes are used; these are variables controlling the position of
part of an animated character.

Complete the five statements above using terms from the following list:

• animation
• avars
• cartoons
• key frames
• morphing
• rendering
• stick figures
• tweening
• wikis

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v) [5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
558
12

10 Study the following flowchart.

START

count = 1
negcount = 0
poscount = 0
neg = 0
pos = 0
zero = 0

INPUT X

Yes negcount =
is X < 0 ? neg = neg + X negcount + 1

Yes poscount =
is X > 0 ? pos = pos + X poscount + 1

zero = zero + 1

count = count + 1

Yes
is count <=
10 ?

negavge = neg/negcount

posavge = pos/poscount

OUTPUT
negavge, STOP
posavge, zero

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
559
13

Complete the trace table for the flowchart using the following data:

0, 3, 5, 6, -4, -1, 0, 0, -4, 10

negcount poscount neg pos zero count X negavge posavge

[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
560
15

12 Camilo works as a hotel inspector. He travels to hotels in his own country and overseas. He visits
the hotels and then sends back a report to his head office after each hotel visit.

(a) Name three modern electronic devices that Camilo could use to help him with his work.
Give a different reason for your choice of each device.

device 1

reason

device 2

reason

device 3

reason

[6]

(b) Most of the hotels offer wireless Internet (Wi-Fi) in the rooms.

Give two disadvantages of using wireless (Wi-Fi) rather than wired Internet access.

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
561
16

13 An algorithm has been written to check that code numbers are valid on input. They must be in the
range 1000 to 9999.

Five hundred codes are being entered and the percentage of entered codes which are incorrect
is output.

There is a flowchart on the opposite page. It has some statements missing.

Complete the flowchart. Use statement numbers only, chosen from the list below.

statement number statement

1 Incorrect = Incorrect + 1

2 INPUT Code

3 is Number <= 500 ?

4 is Code < 1000 ?

5 is Code > 9999 ?

6 Number = 1

7 Number = Number + 1

8 OUTPUT Percent

9 Percent = Incorrect / 5

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
562
17

START

incorrect = 0

Yes

STOP

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
563
18

14 A spreadsheet has been written to help students with their Chemistry. Chemical elements are
written as:

mass number
X
atomic number

For example, iron is represented as:

56
Fe
26

An atom of a chemical element is made up of protons, neutrons and electrons.

atomic number = number of protons = number of electrons

mass number = atomic number + number of neutrons

The spreadsheet is shown below. Column B contains input values and column C contains
calculation results. Input values for the element iron are shown as an example.

Show what formulas must be in cells C3, C4 and C5:

A B C

1 input mass number 56

2 input atomic number 26

3 number of electrons =

4 number of protons =

5 number of neutrons =

[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
564
19

15 (a) State four components of an expert system.

[4]

(b) Give an example of the use of an expert system.

[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
565
20

16 An encryption system gives each letter of the alphabet a value:

A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, ……… , Y = 25, Z = 26.

Each letter is stored in a 12-bit binary register. The letter “S” (19th letter) is stored as:

2048 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1

A 4-bit register is used to store the encryption key. This register shows how many places the bits
are shifted to the left in the 12-bit register when it is encrypted. So,

8 4 2 1

0 1 0 1

means each bit in the 12-bit register is shifted 5 places to the left and the register now becomes:

2048 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1

0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

Therefore, the letter “S” would be transmitted with the 4-bit register and the 12-bit register as
follows:

0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

(a) “W” is the 23rd letter of the alphabet.

(i) Show how this letter would be stored in the 12-bit register before encryption:

(ii) The 4-bit register contains the following value:

8 4 2 1

0 1 1 0

Show how the letter “W” is now stored in the 12-bit register in encrypted form:

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
566
21

(b) Find which letter of the alphabet has been encrypted here. (Show all your working.)

0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

[2]

8 4 2 1

(ii) Convert this into denary (base 10).

(iii) If this encryption key were used, what problem would it cause?

[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
567
22

17 (a) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:

Working

A B C X
0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
568
23

(b) Write the logic statement to describe the following logic circuit:

[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
569
24

18 A school has 1500 students. It is conducting a survey on their music preferences. Each student
uses a computer and inputs their name and then chooses one of 5 options:

• rock (input value 1)

• soul (input value 2)
• pop (input value 3)
• jazz (input value 4)
• classical (input value 5)

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

• inputs the choice of all 1500 students (values 1 to 5)

• outputs all the names of the students who chose classical music
• outputs the percentage who chose each option.

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
570

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

GCE Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
571
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

1 1 mark for health column and 1 mark for safety column; award 1 mark for a correct method of
minimising risk

risk health safety way of eliminating or minimising the risk

risk risk

– use of sufficiently large screen

– use LCD (non-flicker) monitors
eye strain
– take (regular) breaks
– use anti-glare screen covers/filters

– example of removal of trailing wires e.g. use cable

trip hazard ducts, use cable ties
– use WiFi wherever possible

– example of cooling e.g. well ventilated, don’t cover

vents on equipment
fire – don’t overload wall sockets
– no liquids near the computer
– maintain equipment properly allow examples

– set seat to correct height/position

– use wrist supports/wrists positioned correctly
RSI in the wrists
– ergonomic keyboards
– take (regular) breaks

Total 2 marks 1 mark for each named (different) method

–1 for each error mark not dependent on correct identification of risk [6]

2 (a) Any three from:

– logs on/accesses the travel agency website
– enter/access personal details (accept two or more suitable examples of details)
– select/enter flight requirements (accept two or more suitable examples of requirements)
– view available flights
– make the booking
– confirmation sent [3]

(b) batch processing

Any one from:

– all data (collected together before) processed in one go

– no human interaction required once processing started
– system not time sensitive

real time transaction processing

Any one from:

– requires immediate/quick response

– updates as data input/received [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
572
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

3 (a) 1 mark for naming software + 1 mark for a matching purpose

software: codec
purpose: – converts (and compresses) analogue data into digital data

software: (vide/audio) compression software

purpose: – reduces amount of (video/audio) data being transmitted

software echo cancellation software

purpose: – allows talking in real time
– prevents feedback/sound from speakers being picked up by microphone [4]

(b)

statement advantage

it is possible to hold meetings at any time

there is no problem with time zones

reduces the “hidden cost” of employees being away from the office

[1]

(c) 1 mark for reason why each statement is incorrect:

– microphone only pick up sound/input device

– loudspeakers needed to produce the sound/voices for delegates to hear

– webcams do not record any data/video

– webcams (only) capture data/video
– webcams do not transmit data/video [2]

(d) Any two from:

– expensive to set up
– poor quality of sound/video or need fast internet connection
– time zones can cause problems/differences in time zones [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
573
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

4 (a) Any one from:

– search engine can pick up unrelated websites

– can result in too many “hits” [1]

(b) Any one from:

– narrow down the search criteria

– e.g. chemistry transition element
– use of “…” around key words [1]

(c) – pornographic/objectionable websites can be found

– unreliable/unnecessary information
– unwanted advertisements/pop-ups [1]

(d) Any one from:

– faster/easier to do a search rather than looking at, e.g., several book indexes
– information more up-to-date
– can cut and paste information directly into a document [1]

5 1 mark for identification of error and suggested correction (description or corrected pseudocode)

error: line 40: input x; using same input value as loop variable will cause problems or line
30: for x = 1 to 10
correction: change loop variable e.g. for count = 1 to 10 or change input variable e.g. input
number

error: line 50: formula is reversed

correction: …. then largest = x (or largest = number)

error: line 60: output shouldn’t be inside the loop

correction: 100 output average, largest

error: line 90: incorrect formula

correction: average = sum/10 [4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
574
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

6 1 mark for each correct link up to maximum of 5 marks

reading data directly from hard copy

and converting into electronic/ biometrics
computer-readable form

use of fingerprint scans, retina scans,

face identification, etc. as a way of data logging
identifying a person uniquely

recognises spoken word patterns and optical character

compares them to patterns stored in recognition (OCR)
memory

use of minute electronic devices

(containing microchip and antenna) optical mark recognition
that can be read from distances up to (OMR)
5 metres

automatic data collection using radio frequency

sensors identification (RFID)

system that reads pencil or pen marks

on a piece of paper in pre-determined voice recognition
positions

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
575
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

7 1 mark for each block of code between dotted lines. (e.g. use of REPEAT and BACKWARD
functions). If an error occurs in the code, try to find a correct code sequence later on in the
answer (in cases such as this, it is often easier to work backwards from last statement looking for
correct blocks).

PENDOWN

REPEAT 2

3 FORWARD 50 FORWARD 25 ENDREPEAT

4 RIGHT 90 RIGHT 90 FORWARD 50
5 ENDREPEAT RIGHT 90
-----------------------------------
6 FORWARD 10
7 RIGHT 90
8 FORWARD 20
----------------
9 PENUP (statements 9 and 10 are interchangeable)
10 LEFT 90
11 FORWARD 10
----------------
12 PENDOWN
13 LEFT 90 (statements 12 and 13 are interchangeable)
14 FORWARD 20
15 RIGHT 90
----------------
16 FORWARD 10
17 RIGHT 90
18 FORWARD 40
----------------
19 LEFT 90
20 FORWARD 20
(21 PENUP) (line 21 is not essential) [6]

8 (a) pharming [1]

(b) blog(s) [1]

(c) social networking (sites) [1]

(d) phishing [1]

(e) spyware/key logging (software) [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
576
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

9 1 mark per point

(i) key frames

(ii) tweening

(iii) morphing

(iv) rendering

(v) avars [5]

10 (NOTES: Additional 0s in any column (UNLESS THEY ARE JUST THE REPEAT OF 0 VALUES)
lose the mark for that column

If columns 1 to 7 are wrong there can be one mark for initialisation (0 0 0 0 0 1) and a mark for
the correct output -3, 6).

negcount poscount neg pos zero count X negavge posavge

0 0 0 0 0 1

1 2 0

1 3 3 3

2 8 4 5

3 14 5 6

1 –4 6 –4

2 -5 7 –1

2 8 0

3 9 0

3 –9 10 –4

4 24 11 10

–3 6

< - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - > 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark <- - - -1 mark - - - -> < - - - - - 1 mark - - - - >
[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
577
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

12 (a) 1 mark for device + 1 mark for reason all reasons must be different

device reason

digital camera – to photograph the hotels/ hotel rooms/facilities

– to video the hotels/hotel rooms/facilities

GPS system – to find his way to hotel by car/on foot

Mobile/smart phone – keep in contact with office/store important numbers

– phone hotel to arrange a visit
– use of internet if wifi not available
– to photograph the hotels/ hotel rooms/facilities
– to video the hotels/hotel rooms/facilities
– to find his way to hotel by car/on foot

portable computer – to type his reports (about the hotels)

e.g. tablet, laptop – send emails/photos (back to the office)
– allow VoIP/cam-to-cam communications
– allow instant messaging
– so he can access the Internet and find out details
about the hotel he is visiting

PDA – to store meeting details/details about hotels

– to store contact details

Mobile internet dongle/ – to provide access to the internet router/broadband modem

Memory stick – to save/backup reports [6]

(b) Any two from:

– slower data transfer rate

– less secure network unless password protected e.g. increased risk of hacking
– signal often poor/drop out is common
– greater latency [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
578
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
579
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

14 1 mark for each working formula in cells C3, C4, and C5.

A B C

1 input mass number 56

2 input atomic number 26

3 number of electrons = = B2

4 number of protons = = B2 (or = C3)

5 number of neutrons = = B1 – B2
[3]

15 (a) 1 mark for each item:

– knowledge base
– rule(s) base
– inference engine
– (expert system) shell
– explanation system
– user interface/HCI [4]

(b) Any one from:

– chess/strategy games
– prospecting for oil/minerals
– medical diagnosis
– engine diagnostics
– television/computer/electronic diagnostics
– financial/tax advice
– career advice [1]

16 (a) (i) 1 mark for correct binary numbers

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1

(ii) 1 mark for correct binary numbers

0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
580
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

(b) one mark

– letter “Y” or 25th letter

One mark
– the binary number 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 has been shifted (to the left) 3 places
– so the binary number becomes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
– 1+8+16 [2]

(ii) 15 (allow follow through from (i))

(iii) – try to move 15 places to the left which is not possible

– only 12 bits in register to store letter; 15 is too large
– you would end up with 12 0s in the register [3]

17 (a)

A B C X

0 0 0 1
1 mark
0 0 1 1

0 1 0 0
1 mark
0 1 1 1

1 0 0 1
1 mark
1 0 1 1

1 1 0 0
1 mark
1 1 1 0
[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
581
Page 13 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

(b) ( A = NOT 1 ) 1 mark

OR 1 mark

(( A = 1 OR B = 1) AND C = 1 ) 1 mark

Accept: A + (( A + B ). C ) or A + ( A + B ). C
Accept: A’ + (( A + B ). C ) or A’ + ( A + B ). C
(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark)

Accept: (NOT A) OR (( A OR B ).AND C )

(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark)

[3]

18 marking points:

• initialisation of all 5 totals

• loop to control input for all 1500 students
• input choice and name of student inside the loop
• check student choice …
• … increment the appropriate total
• output name of student who likes classical music
• find the 5 percentages (either using /15 or (*100/1500)) outside the loop
• output the 5 percentages outside the loop (must have some processing)
• error checking

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
582
Page 14 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 7010 12

sample algorithm (in pseudocode)

NOTE: many students may make use of the case … of … endcase construct here rather than five IF
statements

rock = 0: soul = 0: pop = 0: jazz = 0: classical = 0 1 mark

for student = 1 to 1500 1 mark

input choice, pupil name 1 mark

if choice = 1 then rock = rock + 1
if choice = 2 then soul = soul + 1
if choice = 3 then pop = pop + 1 2 marks
if choice = 4 then jazz = jazz + 1
if choice = 5 then classical = classical + 1
if choice = 5 then output pupil name 1 mark

next student
percent1 = rock/15
percent2 = soul/15
percent3 = pop/15 1 mark
percent4 = jazz/15
percent5 = classical/15
output percent1, percent2, percent3, percent4, percent5 1 mark

(sample pseudocode showing a possible case … of construct:

(alternative to rows 4 to 9 in above algorithm)
case of choice:
1: rock = rock + 1
2: soul = soul + 1
3: pop = pop + 1 2 marks
4: jazz = jazz + 1
5: classical = classical + 1
output pupil name 1 mark
endcase) [5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
583

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 8 8 5 0 4 1 6 5 8 5 *

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/12

Paper 1 October/November 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This document consists of 23 printed pages and 1 blank page.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
584
2

1 State three features of a typical operating system.

1 ......................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................

2 ......................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................

3 ......................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

2 Many companies across the world have increasingly introduced computer systems into the office
environment. This has had a big effect on employees.

(a) Identify three ways in which this new technology has affected employees. In each case,
explain why it has had an impact.

1 ...............................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

impact ......................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

2 ...............................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

impact ......................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

3 ...............................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

impact ......................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
585
3

(b) Describe two health risks associated with increased use of computers.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

3 The following five statements about Internet security are incomplete:

(i) Illegal access to a computer system is known as < - - - - (a) - - - - >.

(ii) < - - - - (b) - - - - > are programs that self-replicate (copy themselves) and are designed to
disrupt computer systems.

(iii) < - - - - (c) - - - -> is where a user is sent legitimate-looking emails; as soon as the email is
opened and the recipient clicks on the embedded link, they are sent to a fake website.

(iv) Software that monitors key presses on a user’s keyboard, and relays the information back to
the person who sent the software, is known as < - - - - (d) - - - - >.

(v) < - - - - (e) - - - - > is malicious code or software installed on the hard drive of a user’s
computer or on a web server; the code or software will re-direct the user to a fake website
without their knowledge.

Complete the five statements using words from the following list:

• cookies
• hacking
• pharming
• phishing
• spam
• spyware
• viruses
• web browsers

(a) .................................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) .................................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) .................................................................................................................................................[1]

(d) .................................................................................................................................................[1]

(e) .................................................................................................................................................[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
586
4

4 Six statements and six values are shown below.

Each statement will generate one possible value.

4
the number of bits that make up
a byte

base 10 (denary) value of the 5

following binary number:
32 16 8 4 2 1
0 0 1 1 1 1

the number of tracks on the 8

single side of a CD-R

number of minutes to upload a

10
75 Mbyte file at 2 megabits/
second upload speed

X
If there are 2 bytes in a Kbyte,
what is the value of X? 15

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
587
5

5 Johan wants to write an article on how Satellite Navigation systems (Sat Nav) use GPS technology.

(a) He sends out a questionnaire to find out people’s knowledge of how these systems work.
Three of the questions on his questionnaire are shown below:

Sat Nav devices send signals to the global positioning satellites TRUE FALSE

Sat Nav accurately measures vehicle speed using satellite position

TRUE FALSE
and accurate timing

Satellites tell the Sat Nav which direction the vehicle should take TRUE FALSE

Put a circle around TRUE or FALSE for each of the three questions to indicate the correct
answers Johan should receive. [3]

(b) Johan also wants to include an explanation as to why Sat Nav systems sometimes give
incorrect instructions.

Give two reasons why this might occur.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
588
6

6 The following section of a pseudocode algorithm should:

• input 500 numbers

• generate a ratio called k
• output each value of k
• output how many numbers were larger than 10

10 total = 1
20 FOR x = 1 TO 500
30 IF number < 10 THEN total = total + 1
40 k = x / number
50 x = x + 1
60 OUTPUT k
70 NEXT x
80 OUTPUT x

(a) There are five errors in the above code.

Locate these errors and suggest a correction.

error 1 .......................................................................................................................................

correction ..................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

error 2 .......................................................................................................................................

correction ..................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

error 3 .......................................................................................................................................

correction ..................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

error 4 .......................................................................................................................................

correction ..................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

error 5 .......................................................................................................................................

correction ..................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
589
7

(b) The corrected algorithm was converted to a computer program and run. However, after
several numbers were input, the program stopped and an error message was generated,
showing that there was a further error at line 40 (k = x / number).

State what could cause this error to occur.

...................................................................................................................................................

Suggest a change to line 40 to overcome this problem.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
590
8

7 A digital camera contains a microprocessor. The camera’s specification includes:

• 20 megapixel resolution
• 32 gigabyte memory card
• autofocus facility

(a) A more expensive model of the camera has 40 megapixel resolution.

(i) Describe one advantage of increasing the resolution.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Describe one disadvantage of having 40 megapixel resolution.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) (i) Describe the type of memory used in the memory card.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Give one benefit of using this type of memory.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) (i) What is the meaning of the term pixel?

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) If a compressed image file requires an average of 1 byte per pixel, what is the maximum
number of photos that can be stored on the memory card?

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(d) Apart from autofocus, describe one other feature you would expect to see on a digital camera
controlled by a microprocessor.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
591
9

8 The doors on a train are opened and closed automatically. Motors are used to operate the doors.
The system is controlled by a microprocessor.

Each door has a sensor which detects if a passenger enters or leaves the train as the doors are
closing. If a passenger is detected, the doors are automatically re-opened.

(a) Name a sensor which could be used to detect a passenger.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) If the sensor in one of the doors fails, describe a safety mechanism to prevent injury to a
passenger.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) Describe how the sensors, microprocessor and door motors interact to ensure a passenger
is not trapped in a closing door.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
592
10

9 A floor turtle uses the following commands:

Command Description
FORWARD n Move n cm in a forward direction
BACKWARD n Move n cm in a backward (reverse) direction
RIGHT t Turn right through t degrees
LEFT t Turn left through t degrees
PENUP Lift the drawing pen up
PENDOWN Lower the drawing pen
REPEAT x Repeat the next set of instructions x times
ENDREPEAT Finish the REPEAT loop

In the following grid, each of the squares represents 10 cm by 10 cm:

Start Finish

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
593
11

Complete the set of instructions to draw the shape shown on the left:

1 PENDOWN

2 LEFT 90

3 REPEAT 2

4----------------------------

5----------------------------

6----------------------------

7----------------------------

8----------------------------

9----------------------------

10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

13 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

16 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

19 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

22 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

23 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

24 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

[6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
594
12

10 (a) The flowchart on the next page shows how barcodes are used in a supermarket to find
product information and to produce orders for new stock automatically. Several statements
are missing from the flowchart.

Complete the flowchart, using item numbers only from the list below.

Item
Description
number

1 is barcode found?

2 is barcode read?

3 is flag for this product = 1?

4 is number in stock <= re-order value?

5 key in the barcode manually

6 locate price and product information from file

7 output an error message

8 output order request for new stock

9 output receipt and itemised bill

10 reduce number in stock by 1 and write new value back to the record

11 search database for barcode

12 set flag for this product to 1

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
595
13

START

No any more
barcodes to
scan?

Yes

scan barcode

STOP
No

Yes

Yes No

No Yes

[8]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
596
14

(b) Two devices used by the supermarket Point-Of-Sale (POS) terminal are a barcode reader
and a keyboard.

Name two other input/output devices used at the POS and give a use for each device.

device 1 ....................................................................................................................................

use ............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

device 2 ....................................................................................................................................

use ............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

11 A spreadsheet was set up to find the value of gold jewellery. The purity of gold is measured in
carats. Gold that is 24 carat is 100% pure. Other purities are measured as fractions of 24 carat. For
18
example, 18 carat gold is × 100 = 75% pure. Therefore, 20 grams of 18 carat jewellery would
18 24
contain × 20 = 15 grams of pure gold.
24

A B C D

input number of
2
carats of gold

input weight of the

3
jewellery (in grams)

actual weight of gold

4
(grams)

input value of gold

5
($ per gram)

total value of gold

6
($)

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
597
15

(a) Cell C4 calculates the actual weight of gold in the original jewellery.
What formula would you expect to be in cell C4?

= ............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Cell C6 calculates the value of the gold content of the jewellery.
What formula would you expect to be in cell C6?

= ............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) It was decided to include an extra input in D1. This additional input was the original amount
paid for the gold jewellery (in $). Cell D6 will now show whether the current sale value of the
gold jewellery would generate a profit or not.

Complete the following formula in cell D6:

= IF (………………………… , " ……………….……… ", "no profit") [2]

(d) A buyer bought some 18 carat gold jewellery for $1500. The jewellery weighed 60 grams. The
value of gold is $40 per gram.

Show the values you would expect to see in cells B2, B3, B5, C4, C6, D1 and D6 using the
following spreadsheet page:

A B C D

amount paid for

1
jewellery ($)
………………………

input number of
2
carats of gold
………………………

input weight of the

3
jewellery (in grams)
………………………

actual weight of gold

4
(grams)
………………………

input value of gold

5
($ per gram)
………………………

6 total value of gold

($) ……………………… ………………………

[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
598
16

12 An advertising sign uses large LED characters controlled by a microprocessor.

Each letter is formed from a grid made up of eight rectangles numbered 1 to 8:

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

For example, the letter “Z” is formed as follows:

1 2 4

5 7 8

Each rectangle has six LEDs that can light up; these LEDs are labelled “a” to “f”:

a
e
d b
f

The LEDs in a rectangle can be represented in a 6-bit register. For example, rectangle 3 of the
letter “Z”:
a

can be represented as:

f e d c b a
0 1 0 0 0 1

Thus the letter “Z” can be represented by the 8 registers:

f e d c b a
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 0 0 1
1 2 4 3 0 1 0 0 0 1
4 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 7 8 6 0 1 0 1 0 0
7 0 0 0 1 0 0
8 0 0 0 0 0 0
© UCLES 2014 7010/12/O/N/14

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
599
17

(a) Show how the letter “E” can be represented by the eight 6-bit registers (four registers have
been done for you).

f e d c b a
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
2
3
1 2 3 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 5
5 6 7 8
6
7
0 0 0 0 0 0 8
[4]

(b) State which letter of the alphabet is represented by the following eight 6-bit registers.

f e d c b a
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 0 2
0 0 0 0 1 0 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 5
0 0 1 0 0 1 6
0 0 0 0 1 1 7
0 0 0 0 0 0 8

letter ……………………………………
[2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
600
18

13 (a) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:

A B C Working X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
601
19

(b) Re-draw the logic circuit shown opposite, using NAND and NOR gates only.

[2]

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
602
20

14 Study the following flowchart very carefully.

START

sum1 = 0
sum2 = 0

total = 0

INPUT a, b, c, d, e, f

Yes
is a = 0 and STOP
b = 0?

sum1 = a6 + b5 + c*4

sum2 = d3 + e2 + f*1

total = sum1 + sum2

total = total – 11

Yes
is total = 0? OUTPUT “data are OK”

No Yes
is total < 0? OUTPUT “error”

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
603
21

Complete the trace table for this flowchart using the following data:

4, 3, 2, 0, 0, 8

5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0

sum1 sum2 total a b c d e f OUTPUT

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
604
22

15 The following statement was produced using a word processor.

In New York City, all the taxis are painted yelow.

This colour scheme for these taxis goes back many years.

Taxis have to be changed every 3 years for safety reasons.

All instructions inside the taxis are in English and Spanish since this is a dual

language city.

Four changes were made to the original document using built-in word processing features. Note
that all the changes are shown in shaded text.

In New York City, all the cabs are painted yellow.

This colour scheme for these cabs goes back many years.

Cabs have to be replaced every 3 years for safety reasons.

Todas las instrucciones dentro de los taxis están en inglés y español puesto que esto

es una ciudad dual de la lengua.

Describe four different word processing features that could have been used to make these
changes.

1 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

2 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

4 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
605
23

16 A school has 3000 students sitting final examinations.

Each student sits eight examinations.

Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

• inputs the marks for all 8 examinations for each student

• outputs for each student the average mark for their 8 examinations
• outputs the highest mark overall

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
606

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

Cambridge Ordinary Level

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

7010 COMPUTER STUDIES

7010/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 100

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.

Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
607
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

1 Any three from:

– (provides) user interface

– input/output control
– security
– handling interrupts
– spooling
– memory management
– processor management
– utilities (e.g. copy, save, delete, re-name, etc.)
– maintain user accounts
– load/run software
– error reporting/handling
– multiprogramming
– batch processing (JCL)/real time processing
– multitasking/multiuser/multi-access
– file management [3]

2 (a) 1 mark for way + 1 mark for reason

way impact
– deskilling – software has removed the need for some of the
more traditional skills e.g. using CAD
– (re-)training – work practices have changed; need to learn how to
use the new software/computer
– redundancy – new technology allows work to be completed by
fewer staff/out-sourced to “cheaper” work forces in
foreign countries
– work from home (etc.) – use of emails, VoIP, video conferencing, instant
messaging, etc. allows working away from the office
– nicer/safer work place – quieter (no noisy typewriters) and safer (no heavy
filing cabinets)
– health (& safety) – RSI, headaches, backaches
[6]

(b) Any two health risks from:

– RSI in wrists or fingers from prolonged typing or repeated clicking of mouse button
– headaches/eyestrain/dry eye from staring at a monitor for long periods of time/glare from
monitor
– back ache/strain from sitting in same position for a long time/using chair with no
adjustment [2]

3 (a) hacking [1]

(b) viruses [1]
(c) phishing [1]
(d) spyware [1]
(e) pharming [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
608
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

4 1 mark for each correct connection up to the maximum of 5

number of times the following loop

operates:
1
count = 1
repeat
input ×
count = count + 1
until count = 5

the number of bits that make up a

byte 4

base 10 (denary) value of the

following binary number:
32 16 8 4 2 1 5
0 0 1 1 1 1

the number of tracks on single side 8

of a CD-R

number of minutes to upload a 75

Mbyte file at 2 megabits/second
upload speed 10

x
If there are 2 bytes in a Kbyte,
15
what is the value of x?

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
609
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

5 (a)

Sat Nav devices send signals to the global positioning

TRUE FALSE
satellites

Sat Nav accurately measures vehicle speed using satellite TRUE

position and accurate timing FALSE

Satellites tell the Sat Nav which direction the vehicle FALSE
TRUE
should take

[3]

(b) Any two from:

– software/maps not up to date/new road

– loss of satellite signals
– wrong data input by user (e.g. start point and end point) [2]

6 (a) 1 mark for each error and suggested correction (accept description or example of corrected
pseudocode).

error: line 10: total = 1

correction: totals should be set to zero; total = 0

error: line 30: … number < 10 …

correction: check should be made if number > 10; … number > 10 …

error: no input inside loop

correction: input number

error: line 50: x = x + 1

correction: for … to loops don’t need a counter; remove line 50 altogether

error: line 80: output x

correction: output should be total value; output total [5]

(b) division by zero error (or similar description of error produced when dividing by 0)

add an error trap after input of number

e.g. 40 if number = 0 then k = 0 else k = x/number [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
610
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

7 (a) (i) – higher quality photos

– when “blown up” less likely for photo to “pixelate” [1]

(ii) – uses up more memory (on card)

– takes longer to upload/download a photo
– file size will be greater
[1]

(b) (i) – solid state memory

– flash drive
– non-volatile [1]

(ii) – no moving parts (so more robust)

– can be removed from camera and retain its contents
– can erase contents and reuse memory card [1]

(c) (i) – (pic)ture (el)ement [1]

(ii) – 819 or 1638 [1]

(d) Any one point from: e.g.

– auto flash
– anti (hand) shake facility
– easy deletion of unwanted photos
– ability to “manipulate” images after they have been taken/special effects
– “smart” operation e.g. automatically pick out objects, faces, etc.
– auto capture [1]

8 (a) Any one from:

– infra red (sensor)

– pressure (sensor)
– proximity (sensor) [1]

(b) Any one from:

– additional sensors used

– door defaults to open position
– sounds an alarm if a sensor fails [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
611
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

(c) Any four points from:

– sensors continuously send signals/data
– sensor sends signals/data sent to the microprocessor
– signal converted to digital if necessary (using ADC)
– microprocessor checks which door(s) is (are) affected
– microprocessor compares sensor reading with stored values
– if reading indicates passenger detected…
– …microprocessor sends signal/data to actuators/motor…
– (converted to analogue using DAC)
– …to operate motors to open doors
– microprocessor also send signal to driver’s cab (automatically) to sound an alarm
– monitoring continues until system switched off [4]

9
1 PENDOWN
2 LEFT 90
3 REPEAT 2
4 FORWARD 20 1 mark
5 RIGHT 90
6 ENDREPEAT

7 FORWARD 20
8 LEFT 90
9 FORWARD 20 1 mark
10 LEFT 90

11 FORWARD 20
12 RIGHT 90 1 mark
13 FORWARD 20

14 RIGHT 90
15 FORWARD 20 1 mark
16 PENUP

17 FORWARD 20
18 PENDOWN
19 FORWARD 20 1 mark
20 RIGHT 90

21 FORWARD 60
22 RIGHT 90 1 mark
23 FORWARD 20

[NOTE: – award 1 mark for each correct block (shown separated by dotted lines)
– look out for alternative solutions using REPEAT/ENDREPEAT which may be correct
– if a mistake in one of the blocks, start marking from the end awarding marks for
correct blocks up to the error] [6]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
612
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

10 (a) START

No
any more
barcodes
to scan ?

Yes

9 scan barcode

(1 mark)

No
STOP
2 5

Yes

(1 mark)

(1 mark) (1 mark)
No
1 7

Yes

6
(1 mark)

10
(1 mark)

Yes
4 3 12
No

(1 mark) No Yes
(1 mark)

[8]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
613
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

(b) 1 mark for each device + 1 mark for correct matching use

device: beeper/loud speaker

use: to indicate barcode correctly read/error in reading barcode

device: (LCD) screen/monitor

use: to show prices and other information about goods

device: touch screen

use: to show prices and other information about goods/to select items that need to be
weighed/identified

device: weighing machine

use: to find weight of loose items (e.g. fruit) to enable pricing

device: (magnetic) card reader/CHIP and PIN reader

use: to read customer’s debit/credit card/enable customer to pay for goods using a
credit or debit card

device: printer
use: to print receipts

(NOT keypad) [4]

11 (a) = (B2/24) * B3 [1]

(b) = C4 * B5 [1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
614
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

(d) A B C D

1 1500

2 18

3 60

4 45

5 40

6 1800 profit

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark

[3]

12 (a) 1 mark for each of four rows shown in bold below; there are two possible ways of doing this –
one set of answers is shown on the left and the alternative is shown on the right in brackets.
Don’t allow mix and match; answers must either be as shown on the left OR as shown on the
right

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 1 (OR 0 0 1 1 0 1) – 1 mark

0 0 0 0 0 1 (OR 0 0 0 1 0 1) – 1 mark

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 1 1 0 1 (OR 0 0 1 1 0 0) – 1 mark

0 0 0 1 0 1 (OR 0 0 0 1 0 0) – 1 mark

0 0 0 0 0 0 [4]

(b) 2 marks for identifying the letter

letter: H [2]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
615
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

13 (a)
A B C X

0 0 0 0
1 mark
0 0 1 0

0 1 0 1
1 mark
0 1 1 1

1 0 0 1
1 mark
1 0 1 1

1 1 0 1
1 mark
1 1 1 1
[4]

(b) 1 mark per correct NOR gate and NAND gate on the left (ONLY accept two-input gates)

1 mark
B X

1 mark

[2]

(c) 1 mark per logic statement as shown below:

(A = 1 AND B = 1) OR (B = NOT 1 AND C = 1)

(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark)

The above can be written as:

(A AND B) OR (NOT B AND C)
(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark)

Note: allow 1st part of formula and 2nd part of formula to be reversed:
(e.g. (NOT B AND C) OR (A AND B))

Also accept Boolean algebra:

a.b + b .c (can be written as: A.B + B.C)
(1 mark) (1 mark) (1 mark) [3]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
616
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

14 NOTE: sum1, sum2 and total MUST be initialised for all three inputs to get the mark; allow
repetition in any of the columns EXCEPT the OUTPUT column (e.g. sum1 can be 0, 47, 47, 47,
47, 47, 47);

sum1 sum2 total a b c d e f OUTPUT

0 0 0 4 3 2 0 0 8

47 8 55

0 data are
OK

0 0 0 5 0 1 2 3 4

34 16 50

-5 error

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark < - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 mark - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > 1 mark

[5]

15 1 mark per feature applied to text in question:

taxi cabs – search and replace feature/retype/thesaurus

yelow yellow – spell checker/retype/auto-correct

changed replaced – search and replace feature/retype/thesaurus

translate last sentence/line – (auto-)translator English to Spanish/other language

[4]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
617
Page 12 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2014 7010 12

16 marking points:

• initialise highest value (zero or less)

• loop control for all 3000 students
• set total = 0 (to find the average) before second loop
• loop control for all 8 exams
• check if input mark higher than stored highest mark
• if input mark higher, then set highest to this new value
• find the average mark for each student (includes correct total addition)
• both outputs in the correct place
(average after inside loop, highest outside outer loop)
(must be an attempt to find both average and highest to earn this mark)

sample program:

highest = -1 1 mark
for student = 1 to 3000 1 mark
total = 0 1 mark
for exam = 1 to 8 1 mark
input mark
total = total + mark
if mark > highest then highest = mark 2 marks
next
average = total/8 1 mark
output average
next
output highest 1 mark [5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
618

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge Ordinary Level
* 4 5 1 3 7 5 4 9 8 7 *

COMPUTER STUDIES 7010/13

Paper 1 October/November 2014
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This document consists of 22 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
619
2

1 Give, with reasons, three safety issues associated with the use of computers in the office.

1 ......................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................

2 ......................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................

3 ......................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

2 In the diagram below, there are two types of memory shown on the left and five typical memory
features shown on the right.

Link each feature to either RAM or ROM by drawing connecting lines.

non-volatile memory

RAM volatile memory

can be written to and read from

ROM the contents cannot be changed

stores data or files the user is

currently working on
[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
620
3

3 (a) Felipe wrote down the following three statements.

In each case, indicate whether the statement is true or false and give a reason for your choice.

“encrypting data prevents it from being hacked”

TRUE/FALSE ............................................................................................................................

Reason .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

“backing up data removes the risk of the data being infected by viruses”

TRUE/FALSE ............................................................................................................................

Reason .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

“wireless (WiFi) networks are less secure than hard-wired systems”

TRUE/FALSE ............................................................................................................................

Reason .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) Felipe uses Internet banking. When he logs on, the website asks for the 1st, 4th and 8th
characters in his password. He selects the characters from drop-down boxes.

(i) State why drop-down boxes are used.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Felipe is also asked to confirm the last date and time when he logged onto the website.

State why he is asked to confirm this.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
621
4

(iii) When Felipe wishes to return to a previous page on this website, he clicks on the
View My Account option rather than using the browser arrows. If he uses the browser
arrows, he is logged out of the website.

Give a reason why the website does this.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

4 Rikki uses an expert system, installed on her laptop computer, to trace faults in television sets.
She visits a customer and tries to locate the problem using the expert system.

(a) Explain how Rikki and the expert system will interact to help diagnose the fault in the television.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) The expert system requires certain files to be stored on a memory stick (or USB flash drive)
that must be connected to the laptop for the software to work.

Give two possible reasons why these extra files are stored on the memory stick.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
622
5

5 Six statements and six values are shown below.

Each statement will generate one possible value.

Draw a line to link each statement to its correct value.

statement value

number of possible binary input

combinations for a 2-input logic
gate circuit 0

output from the logic gate:

1
1
1

base 10 (denary) value of the

following binary number:
4 2 1 4
1 1 0

what is the output from the

algorithm:
y=1
6
for x = 1 to 4
y=y*x
next x
print y

number of bytes formed from 20

8 bits

If there are 2X bytes in a Mbyte,

what is the value of X? 24

[5]

M.Mushtaq 03215275281
623
6

6 The following pseudocode algorithm should:

• input up to 20 numbers
• stop if the sum of the input numbers exceeds 50
• output the final sum

10 count = 0
20 REPEAT
30 INPUT n
40 n + sum = sum
50 IF sum = 50 THEN count = 20
60 count = count + 1
70 UNTIL count = 20
80 OUTPUT n

There are five errors in this algorithm.